+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Printer User Guide

Printer User Guide

Date post: 19-Feb-2015
Category:
Upload: eurstar
View: 52 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
392
Printer The essentials of imaging 1050 Chapter 1: Introduction Chapter 2: Overview Chapter 3: Installation (Local printing) Chapter 4: Installation (Network printing) Chapter 5: Updating a Printer Driver Chapter 6: Various Function Chapter 7: PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows) Chapter 8: PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows) Chapter 9: KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows) Chapter 10: PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9) Chapter 11: PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X) Chapter 12: Troubleshooting Chapter 13: Font Chapter 14: Utility Tool
Transcript
Page 1: Printer User Guide

Printer

The essentials of imaging

1050

Chapter 1: IntroductionChapter 2: OverviewChapter 3: Installation (Local printing)Chapter 4: Installation (Network printing)Chapter 5: Updating a Printer DriverChapter 6: Various FunctionChapter 7: PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)Chapter 8: PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)Chapter 9: KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting

(Windows)Chapter 10: PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)Chapter 11: PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)Chapter 12: TroubleshootingChapter 13: FontChapter 14: Utility Tool

Page 2: Printer User Guide

COPYRIGHT © 2004 KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, Inc.All Right Reserved.

Thank you very much for purchasing the bizhub PRO 1050.

This User's Manual includes instructions for making prints, correct handling of the machine, and precautions for safety. Please read this manual before printing.

In order to maintain a satisfactory printing performance, please keep this User's Manual readily available for reference.

Page 3: Printer User Guide

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

1. Introduction .......................................................... 1-1

1.1. About this Product ....................................................... 1-3

1.2. Folder structure on the CD-ROM (Print Controller) .. 1-5

1.3. Folder structure on the CD-ROM (PS3 Option) ......... 1-6

1.4. About this Manual ......................................................... 1-7

1.5. Notation of each product ............................................. 1-9

1.6. How to read this Manual ............................................ 1-10

1.7. SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT ......................... 1-11

2. Overview ............................................................... 2-1

2.1. Printer Driver ................................................................. 2-1

2.2. Composition of a product ............................................ 2-2

2.2.1. Optional memory ..............................................................2-22.2.2. PostScript3 option ............................................................2-22.2.3. Other options ....................................................................2-3

2.3. Connections of the Print Controller ............................ 2-3

2.3.1. Parallel Connection ...........................................................2-42.3.2. Ethernet Connection .........................................................2-4

2.4. Product Specifications ................................................ 2-5

2.4.1. Restrictive Conditions .......................................................2-7

2.5. UTP cable specifications ............................................. 2-8

3. Installation (Local printing) ................................. 3-1

3.1. Installation of the Printer Driver in the computer ...... 3-1

3.1.1. Compliant OS ...................................................................3-2

3.2. Test Page Print ........................................................... 3-25

4. Installation (Network printing) ............................ 4-1

4.1. Installation of the Printer Driver in the computer ...... 4-1

4.1.1. Compliant OS ...................................................................4-2

i IP-1050

Page 4: Printer User Guide

Table of Contents

5. Updating a Printer Driver .................................... 5-1

6. Various Function .................................................. 6-1

6.1. To set the paper-related items .................................... 6-5

6.2. To set the paper tray .................................................... 6-9

6.3. To print multiple copies ............................................. 6-12

6.4. To print multiple pages .............................................. 6-14

6.5. To set the Front & Back & Thick Cover /

Insertion Sheet ..................................................... 6-18

6.6. To set for finishing ...................................................... 6-21

6.7. To set a Watermark .................................................... 6-25

6.8. To set an image and shade ....................................... 6-28

6.9. To set font-related items ........................................... 6-30

6.10. Checking the Printer Driver Setting ........................ 6-31

6.11. How to store the job and reprint ............................. 6-32

7. PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows) ................ 7-1

7.1. About Properties window ............................................ 7-1

7.1.1. Properties window ............................................................7-2

7.2. About button ................................................................. 7-3

7.3. Combination of the function ........................................ 7-5

7.4. General tab .................................................................... 7-6

7.5. Sharing tab .................................................................... 7-7

7.6. Ports tab ........................................................................ 7-8

7.7. Advanced tab ................................................................ 7-9

7.8. Color Management tab .............................................. 7-10

7.9. Option tab .................................................................... 7-11

7.10. Setup tab ................................................................... 7-12

7.11. Per Page Setting tab ................................................ 7-30

7.12. Special Functions tab ............................................... 7-36

7.13. Overlay tab ................................................................ 7-41

ii IP-1050

Page 5: Printer User Guide

Table of Contents

7.14. Watermark tab .......................................................... 7-44

7.15. Quality tab ................................................................. 7-47

7.16. Font tab ..................................................................... 7-49

7.17. Version tab ................................................................ 7-51

7.18. How to look at the image view ................................ 7-52

8. PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows) ................. 8-1

8.1. About Properties window ............................................ 8-1

8.1.1. Properties window ............................................................8-2

8.2. About button ................................................................. 8-3

8.3. Combination of the function ........................................ 8-4

8.4. General tab .................................................................... 8-5

8.5. Sharing tag .................................................................... 8-6

8.6. Ports tab ........................................................................ 8-7

8.7. Advanced tab ................................................................ 8-8

8.8. Device Settings tab .................................................... 8-10

8.9. Layout tab ................................................................... 8-13

8.10. Paper/Quality tab ...................................................... 8-15

8.11. Advanced Options windows .................................... 8-17

9. KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting

(Windows) ..................................................... 9-1

9.1. About Properties window ............................................ 9-1

9.1.1. Properties window ............................................................9-2

9.2. About button ................................................................. 9-3

9.3. Combination of the function ........................................ 9-4

9.4. General tab .................................................................... 9-5

9.5. Sharing tag .................................................................... 9-6

9.6. Ports tab ........................................................................ 9-7

9.7. Advanced tab ................................................................ 9-8

9.8. Color Management tab ................................................ 9-9

9.9. Font tab ....................................................................... 9-10

iii IP-1050

Page 6: Printer User Guide

Table of Contents

9.10. Option tab .................................................................. 9-12

9.11. Setup tab ................................................................... 9-14

9.12. Per Page Setting ....................................................... 9-32

9.13. Special Functions ..................................................... 9-38

9.14. PostScript tab ........................................................... 9-43

9.15. Overlay tab ................................................................ 9-46

9.16. Quality tab ................................................................. 9-49

9.17. Watermarks tab ........................................................ 9-51

9.18. Save / Restore Setting ............................................. 9-53

9.19. Printer View ............................................................... 9-54

10. PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9) ............ 10-1

10.1. Dialog boxes used for

configuring this printing system ........................ 10-3

10.1.1. Three dialog boxes .......................................................10-3

10.2. About descriptions in this chapter .......................... 10-8

10.3. Page Attributes dialog box ...................................... 10-9

10.4. Watermark dialog box ............................................ 10-11

10.5. Custom Page Default dialog box .......................... 10-13

10.6. General dialog box ................................................. 10-14

10.7. Background Printing dialog box ........................... 10-16

10.8. Cover Page dialog box ........................................... 10-17

10.9. Layout dialog box ................................................... 10-18

10.10. Printer Specific Options dialog box (1) ............... 10-20

10.11. Printer Specific Options dialog box (2) ............... 10-22

10.12. Configure dialog box ............................................ 10-33

11. PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X) ........... 11-1

11.1. About Mac OS X window ......................................... 11-1

11.2. Page Attributes (Page Setup window) .................... 11-3

11.3. Custom Paper Size (Page Setup window) .............. 11-5

11.4. Copies & Pages (Print window) ............................... 11-6

iv IP-1050

Page 7: Printer User Guide

Table of Contents

11.5. Layout (Print window) .............................................. 11-7

11.6. Paper Feed (Print window) ...................................... 11-8

11.7. Image/Layout (Print window) .................................. 11-9

11.8. Finishing (Print window) ......................................... 11-12

11.9. Setup (Print window) .............................................. 11-17

11.10. Security (Print window) ........................................ 11-21

11.11. Printer Info ............................................................ 11-26

12. Troubleshooting ............................................... 12-1

12.1. Basic Troubleshooting ............................................. 12-1

12.2. General Problems of Printing .................................. 12-2

12.3. General Problems of PostScript .............................. 12-4

12.4. Checking on non complete jobs ............................. 12-6

13. Font ................................................................... 13-1

13.1. Font List (PCL) .......................................................... 13-1

13.2. Font List (PostScript) ................................................ 13-5

13.3. Font Number List (Control Panel-PCL Setup) ...... 13-11

13.4. Screen Fonts ........................................................... 13-15

13.5. Downloading New Fonts ........................................ 13-20

14. Utility Tool ........................................................ 14-1

14.1. PageScope Web Connection ................................... 14-1

14.1.1. Outline of the PageScope Web Connection .................14-114.1.2. Start the PageScope Web Connection .........................14-314.1.3. Print the Report ...........................................................14-11

14.2. Using KONICA MINOLTA

Peer to Peer Printing Tool ................................. 14-12

14.3. Internet Printing ...................................................... 14-16

14.4. Netware ................................................................... 14-20

14.5. UNIX Printing through TCP/IP ............................... 14-24

15. Appendix ........................................................... 15-1

v IP-1050

Page 8: Printer User Guide

Table of Contents

15.1. Glossary ..................................................................... 15-1

15.2. Index .......................................................................... 15-8

vi IP-1050

Page 9: Printer User Guide

1 Introduction

1 Introduction

The bizhub PRO 1050 is the copier that provides the print controller feature. You can perform direct printing from Windows-compliant computers and Macintosh computers.

The copier also functions as the network printer.

FCC Regulation

Warning:

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential area.

This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guaran-tee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equip-ment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encour-aged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following mea-sures:• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

• Increase the distance between the equipment and the receiver.

• Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit other than the circuit to which the receiver is connected.

• Consult your dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Canadian Department of Communications Regulations

This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Copier

Print Controller

For use as a network printer

For use as a local printer

1-1 IP-1050

Page 10: Printer User Guide

1 Introduction

Patent Notice

The product includes an implementation of LZW licensed under U.S.Patent 4,558,302.

Built-in Fonts

The print controller includes support for PCL5e/6 Language (HP PCL clone) and includes the 88 built-in Agfa Microtype fonts. For a complete list, refer to "Font" on Page 13-1.

When equipping PostScript kit option, the print controller also includes sup-port for Adobe PostScript 3 (PS3) and includes the 136 built-in Adobe fonts. For a complete list, refer to "Font" on Page 13-1.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:

bizhub PRO is a trademark of KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLO-GIES, Inc..

Microsoft, MS and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corpo-ration in the United States.

IBM is a registered trademarks of the IBM Corporation.

WindowsTM is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

HP and PCL are registered trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Company.

Agfa Microtype font is a registered trademark of Agfa Corporation.

PEERLESS is a registered trademark of PEERLESS SYSTEMS CORPORA-TION.

Apple, Macintosh and Mac are registered trademarks or trademarks of Apple Computer.Inc.

Adobe, Adobe Logo, Acrobat, Acrobat Logo, PostScript and PostScript Logo are registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems, Inc.

Other company names and product names used in this manual are the reg-istered trademarks or trademarks of their respective companies.

RC4® is a registered trademark or trademark of RSA Security Inc. in the Unit-ed States and/or other countries.

Note

• A part or all of this User's Manual may not be used or copied without per-mission.

• Konica Minolta Business Solutions U. S. A., Inc. will have no liability for any influences caused by using the printing system and this manual.

• Information written in this User's Manual is subject to change without no-tice.

• Konica Minolta Business Solutions U. S. A., Inc. maintains the copyright of this printer driver.

1-2 IP-1050

Page 11: Printer User Guide

1 Introduction

1.1 About this Product

Package Contents

The following items are supplied with the Print Controller:• Notice Sheet

• Interface Board

• bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM

(Windows)- Printer Driver

- Scanner Driver(compatible with TWAIN)

- Network Connection UtilitiesBOOTPPeer to Peer Printing ToolIPX-P2PNW SetupUNIX Utilities

- Adobe Acrobat Reader

- User's Guide (this manual)

- Release Note(describes the latest information as well as limits of the system and the user software.)

- Screenfonts

(Macintosh)− Adobe Acrobat Reader

− User's Guide (this manual)

1-3 IP-1050

Page 12: Printer User Guide

1 Introduction

The following items are supplied with the PostScript3 Option:• PS protection chip

• PS-502 CD-ROM

(Windows)− Printer driver / PPD file

− Screen Fonts

− Adobe Acrobat Reader

− User’s Guide (this manual)

− Release Note(describes the latest information as well as limits of the system and the users software.)

(Macintosh)− Printer driver / PPD file

− Screen Fonts

− Adobe Acrobat Reader

− User’s Guide (this manual)

− Release Note(describes the latest information as well as limits of the system and the users software.)

1-4 IP-1050

Page 13: Printer User Guide

1 Introduction

1.2 Folder structure on the CD-ROM (Print Controller)

The folders included on the accompanying CD-ROM for print controller are structured as shown below.

This illustration will be helpful for locating specific folders or files.• In this manual, folder names and file names are not preceded by the root

directory.

• You may use the files in the English folder.

English

User Software CD

Windows

Acroread (Adobe Acrobat Reader 5.0)NetUtil BOOTP (IP address assign program) IP-P2P (IP base - Peer to Peer program) IPX-P2P (IPX base - Peer to Peer program) MAP (Management Access Program) NWSetup (NetWare Setup program) Unix (Utilities for Unix)Printer Win9x_Me (Printer Driver for Windows 95/98/Me) WinNT (Printer Driver for Windows NT) Win2000_XP (Printer Driver for Windows 2000/XP)Scanner (Scanner Driver (compatible with TWAIN))Screenfonts (TrueType Screen Fonts)UserGuide Others ip511a_int_km_vxxx.pdf (Print controller User's Manual for non-USA) webutil_e_km_vxxx.pdf (Web Utilities User's Reference Guide) jobspl_e_km_vxxx.pdf (JobSpooler User's Reference Guide) USA ip511a_us_vxxx.pdf (Print controller User's Manual for USA) webutil_e_km_vxxx.pdf (Web Utilities User's Reference Guide) jobspl_e_km_vxxx.pdf (JobSpooler User's Reference Guide)

Macintosh

Acroread (Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0)UserGuide Others ip511a_int_km_vxxx.pdf (Print controller User's Manual for non-USA) webutil_e_km_vxxx.pdf (Web Utilities User's Reference Guide) jobspl_e_km_vxxx.pdf (JobSpooler User's Reference Guide) USA ip511a_us_vxxx.pdf (Print controller User's Manual for USA) webutil_e_km_vxxx.pdf (Web Utilities User's Reference Guide) jobspl_e_km_vxxx.pdf (JobSpooler User's Reference Guide)

French

Printer Win9x_Me (Printer Driver for Windows 95/98/Me) WinNT (Printer Driver for Windows NT) Win2000_XP (Printer Driver for Windows 2000/XP)Scanner (Scanner Driver (compatible with TWAIN))

Italian

Printer Win9x_Me (Printer Driver for Windows 95/98/Me) WinNT (Printer Driver for Windows NT) Win2000_XP (Printer Driver for Windows 2000/XP)Scanner (Scanner Driver (compatible with TWAIN))

German

Printer Win9x_Me (Printer Driver for Windows 95/98/Me) WinNT (Printer Driver for Windows NT) Win2000_XP (Printer Driver for Windows 2000/XP)Scanner (Scanner Driver (compatible with TWAIN))

Printer Win9x_Me (Printer Driver for Windows 95/98/Me) WinNT (Printer Driver for Windows NT) Win2000_XP (Printer Driver for Windows 2000/XP)Scanner (Scanner Driver (compatible with TWAIN))

English

Spanish

1-5 IP-1050

Administrator
ダミー
Page 14: Printer User Guide

1 Introduction

1.3 Folder structure on the CD-ROM (PS3 Option)

The folders included on the accompanying CD-ROM for PostScript 3 option are structured as shown below.

This illustration will be helpful for locating specific folders or files.• In this manual, folder names and file names are not preceded by the root

directory.

• You may use the files in the English folder.

User Software CD

Windows

English

French

Italian

German

Spanish

Acroread (Adobe Acrobat Reader 5.0)

Driver

Screenfonts

Win9x_Me (Printer Driver for Windows 95/98/Me)

WinNT (Printer Driver for Windows NT)

AdobePS

Win2000_XP (Printer Driver for Windows 2000/XP)

Win9x_Me (Printer Driver for Windows 95/98/Me)

WinNT_2000_XP (Printer Driver for Windows NT/2000/XP)

KONICA MINOLTA PS

ATM Light (Adobe Type Manager 4.1)

PS Screen Fonts (PS3 TrueType/Type1 Screen Fonts)

UserGuide

ip511a_int_km_vxxx.pdf (Print controller User's Maual for non-USA)

webutil_e_km_vxxx.pdf (Web Utilities User's Reference Guide)jobspl_e_km_vxxx.pdf (JobSpooler User's Reference Guide)pssw2k_int_km_vxxx.pdf (KONICA MINOLTA PS Driver User's Manual for non-USA)

pssw2k_us_vxxx.pdf (KONICA MINOLTA PS Driver User's Manual for USA)jobspl_e_km_vxxx.pdf (JobSpooler User's Reference Guide)

Others

USAip511a_us_vxxx.pdf (Print controller User's Maual for USA)webutil_e_km_vxxx.pdf (Web Utilities User's Reference Guide)

Macintosh

English

Acroread (Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0)

Screenfonts

OS8_x to 9_x (Printer Driver/PPD file for Power Mac)OS10_2_x (Printer Driver for MacOS 10.2)

Driver

ATM Light (Adobe Type Manager 4.1)

PS3 TrueType (Screen Fonts for PS3 TrueType)

PS3 Type1 (Screen Fonts for PS3 Type1)

UserGuide

French

Italian

German

Spanish

ip511a_int_km_vxxx.pdf (Print controller User's Manual for non-USA)webutil_e_km_vxxx.pdf (Web Utilities User's Reference Guide)jobspl_e_km_vxxx.pdf (JobSpooler User's Reference Guide)

Others

USA

ip511a_us_vxxx.pdf (Print controller User's Manual for USA)webutil_e_km_vxxx.pdf (Web Utilities User's Reference Guide)jobspl_e_km_vxxx.pdf (JobSpooler User's Reference Guide)

1-6 IP-1050

Administrator
ダミー
Page 15: Printer User Guide

1 Introduction

1.4 About this Manual

This document describes how to operate bizhub PRO 1050 as a printer from various computers and networks.

This manual assumes you are familiar with the basic operation of your oper-ating system and the KONICA MINOLTA copier.

The KONICA MINOLTA copier comes is with user’s manuals. Refer to these manuals as needed.

For detailed operations of Windows 98/Me, Windows NT4.0/2000/XP and Mac OS, refer to the operating manuals for each operating system. For ap-plication operations, refer to the operating manuals provided with each ap-plication.

This manual is composed of the following chapters and appendices:

Chapter 1 Introduction This chapter describes how to see the notation method in this manual.

Chapter 2 Overview This chapter describes overview of the print controller and product specifica-tions for the print controller.

Chapter 3 Installation (Local printing) This chapter describes how to install the printer driver for local printing to Win-dows-compliant computers.

Chapter 4 Installation (Network printing) This chapter describes how to install the printer driver for network printing to Win-dows-compliant computers and Macin-tosh.

Chapter 5 Updating a Printer Driver This chapter describes how to update the printer driver.

Chapter 6 Various Function This chapter describes various functions of the print controller.

Chapter 7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

This chapter describes PCL6 printer driv-er settings for Windows-compliant com-puters.

Chapter 8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

This chapter describes PS3 printer driver settings for Windows-compliant comput-ers.

Chapter 9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

This chapter describes KONICA MINOL-TA PS printer driver settings for Win-dows-compliant computers.

Chapter 10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

This chapter describes PS3 printer driver settings for Macintosh (up to Mac OS 9.x).

1-7 IP-1050

Page 16: Printer User Guide

1 Introduction

Chapter 11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

This chapter describes PS3 printer driver settings for Macintosh (up to Mac OS X).

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting This chapter describes how to solve the problem on using the printer driver.

Chapter 13 Font This chapter lists the built-in printer fonts included with the print controller.

Chapter 14 Utility Tool This chapter describes how to use the utility tool included on the user software CD.

Chapter 15 Appendix This chapter lists and describes technical terms to read this manual.

1-8 IP-1050

Page 17: Printer User Guide

1 Introduction

1.5 Notation of each product

The following abbreviations are used in this manual:1 IP-1050 Print Controller

IP-1050 Print Controller: print controller

2 IP-1050 PostScript3 option: PS3 option

3 bizhub PRO 1050 Printer/Copier: copier (or main body printer)

4 A printing system that combines the above (1), (2) and (3) products:printing system

5 Microsoft Windows 98: Windows 98Microsoft Windows Me: Windows Me

6 Microsoft Windows NT4.0: Windows NT4.0 or Windows NT

7 Microsoft Windows 2000: Windows 2000

8 Microsoft Windows XP: Windows XP

9 Macintosh OS 9 or later and less than X Mac OS 9.x

10 Macintosh OS X v10.2/v10.3 Mac OS X

11 Above OSs: Windows 98/MeWindows NT4.0/2000/XPWindows NT/2000/XPWindows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XPMac OS 9.x/X

Note

PostScript3 option is an optional.

1-9 IP-1050

Page 18: Printer User Guide

1 Introduction

1.6 How to read this Manual

Various Function 6

IP-1050 6-1

6 Various FunctionThis chapter describes basic printing method from application, and various

functions.

Basic Printing method (Windows)

The following shows the basic methods of use of the printing system for

printing from a Windows.

Before printing, be sure the connecttion of the print controller and your com-

puter and the printer driver.

1 Select [Print] from [File] menu in an

application.

[Print] dialog appears.

Note

Command name may be different de-pending on the application.

2 Select printer in pull down menu besides the [Name].

3 Click the [Properties] to set detail if necessary.

4 Click the [OK] if a required setup is finished.

The display returns to the [Print] dialog.

Note

DETAILS

Reminder!

Explains important noticeson operating procedures.

[ ] are used for the terms displayed on the screens.

Hints and Advices on operating procedures.

Explanations to supplement the body.Memoes may be included inthe body.

Describes operating procedures.

Show an object and feature of a procedure.

This page does not exist in the document.

1-10 IP-1050

Page 19: Printer User Guide

1 Introduction

1.7 SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT

SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This package contains the following materials provided by Konica Minolta Business Technologies, Inc. (KMBT): software included as part of the printing system, the digitally-encoded machine-readable outline data encoded in the special format and in the encrypted form (“Font Programs”), other software which runs on a computer system for use in conjunction with the Printing Software (“Host Software”), and related explanatory written materials (“Doc-umentation”). The term “Software” shall be used to describe Printing Soft-ware, Font Programs and/or Host Software and also include any upgrades, modified versions, additions, and copies of the Software.

The Software is being licensed to you under the terms of this Agreement.

KMBT grants to you a non-exclusive sublicense to use the Software and Documentation, provided that you agree to the following:1 You may use the Printing Software and accompanying Font Programs for

imaging to the licensed output device(s), solely for your own internal busi-ness purposes.

2 In addition to the license for Font Programs set forth in Section 1 (“Print-ing Software”) above, you may use Roman Font Programs to reproduce weights, styles, and versions of letters, numerals, characters and sym-bols (“Typefaces”) on the display or monitor for your own internal busi-ness purposes.

3 You may make one backup copy of the Host Software, provided your backup copy is not installed or used on any computer. Notwithstanding the above restrictions, you may install the Host Software on any number of computers solely for use with one or more printing systems running the Printing Software.

4 You may assign its rights under this Agreement to an assignee of all of Licensee’s right and interest to such Software and Documentation (“As-signee”) provided you transfer to Assignee all copies of such Software and Documentation Assignee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

5 You agree not to modify, adapt or translate the Software and Documen-tation.

6 You agree that you will not attempt to alter, disassemble, decrypt, re-verse engineer or decompile the Software.

7 Title to and ownership of the Software and Documentation and any re-productions thereof shall remain with KMBT and its licensor.

8 Trademarks shall be used in accordance with accepted trademark prac-tice, including identification of the trademark owner’s name. Trademarks can only be used to identify printed output produced by the Software. Such use of any trademark does not give you any rights of ownership in that trademark.

1-11 IP-1050

Page 20: Printer User Guide

1 Introduction

9 You may not rent, lease, sublicense, lend or transfer versions or copies of the Software that Licensee does not use, or Software contained on any unused media, except as part of the permanent transfer of all Software and Documentation as described above.

10 IN NO EVENT WILL KMBT OR ITS LICENSOR BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL INDIRECT, PUNITIVE OR SPE-CIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST SAVING, EVEN IF KMBT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY CLAIM BY ANY THIRD PARTY. KMBT OR ITS LICENSOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITA-TION IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. SOME STATES OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT AP-PLY TO YOU.

11 Notice to Government End Users: The Software is a “commercial item,” as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R.2.101, consisting of “commercial com-puter software” and “commercial computer software documentation,” as such terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212. Consistent with 48 C.F.R. 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, all U.S. Govern-ment End Users acquire the Software with only those rights set forth herein.

12 You agree that you will not export the Software in any form in violation of any applicable laws and regulations regarding export control of any countries.

1-12 IP-1050

Page 21: Printer User Guide

2 Overview

2 Overview

The print controller feature enables the copier to connect to computers and networks to use as a printer.

2.1 Printer Driver

In order to use this printing system, it is necessary to install a printer driver in a computer.

Printer Driver Compliant OS

PCL Printer Driver Windows 98/MeWindows NT4.0/2000/XP

Adobe PS3 Printer Driver(optional PS3 kit required)• About how to receive the op-

tional PS driver, contact your service representative.

Windows 98/MeWindows NT4.0/2000/XPMac OS 8.x - 9.xMac OS X (v10.2x - v10.3x)

KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver(optional PS3 kit required)• About how to receive the op-

tional PS driver, contact your service representative.

Windows NT4.0/2000/XP

Copier

2-1 IP-1050

Page 22: Printer User Guide

2 Overview

Note

Refer to "Installation (Local printing)" on Page 3-1 and "Installation (Net-work printing)" on Page 4-1 for more information about installation of printer driver.

2.2 Composition of a product

This print controller includes a standard parallel port (IEEE 1284) and two Ethernet-compatible network ports (1 port is for copier HDD and the other port is for connecting to the computer).

2.2.1 Optional memory

Optional memory (EM-701: 512 MB) can be installed (Default: 256MB).

For optimum printing performance, expanding the memory capacity is rec-ommended.

2.2.2 PostScript3 option

Installing the PostScript3 option in the print controller, you can print data from the application on Windows98/Me/NT 4.0/2000/XP or Macintosh with your copier as the PostScript3 printer. Contact your service representative about optional PS driver.

Copier

Optional memory

Macintosh

Optional PS Driver

Print Controller

2-2 IP-1050

Page 23: Printer User Guide

2 Overview

2.2.3 Other options

The following options installed on the printer enables variable functions.• Paper Source Option (PF-701) enables to select Tray 3, Tray 4 or Tray 5.

• Multi Folder Option (FD-501) enables to select “Punch”, “PI Cover Sheet”, “Fold” function.

• Saddle Stitcher Option (SD-501) enables to select “Center Staple and Fold” and “Trim”, “Fold” function. Saddle Stitcher Option cannot be in-stalled when Stacker Option is installed.

• Stacker Option (LS-501 and/or LS-502) enables to stack of a lot of output papers. Stacker Option cannot be installed when Saddle Stitcher Option is installed.

• Stapler Option (FS-503) enables to select “Staple”, “Offset” function.

Note

Refer to "Option tab" on Page 7-11 for more information about installa-tion of options.

2.3 Connections of the Print Controller

You can use the copier as a printer by connecting it to a computer (using with Parallel connection) or a network (using with Ethernet connection).

Copier

PF-701FD-501SD-501FS-503

2-3 IP-1050

Page 24: Printer User Guide

2 Overview

2.3.1 Parallel Connection

You can connect your Windows computer to the print controller via the par-allel port (IEEE 1284).

Once you set up the printer driver in the computer, you can print from it.

You can use the copier as a network printer by executing a print server func-tion or a printer sharing function on the computer that is connected to the copier via parallel port.

Note

Refer to "Installation of the Printer Driver in the computer" on Page 3-1 for more information about installation of the printer driver.

2.3.2 Ethernet Connection

You can also connect the copier to computers supporting Ethernet.

Several alternatives can be considered in the Ethernet connection. In any of them, you must set up the printer driver in each computer after configuring the network (such as TCP/IP settings) for the print controller or the comput-ers.

The following shows examples of them.• Connection without a print server

• Connection using IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)

• Connection using Novell NetWare

Note

Refer to "Installation of the Printer Driver in the computer" on Page 4-1 for more information about installation of the printer driver.

2-4 IP-1050

Page 25: Printer User Guide

2 Overview

2.4 Product Specifications

Type: Built-in box type for the KONICA MINOLTA Printer/Copier

Paper: Same as original size, 12" x 18", 11" x 17", 8 1/2" x 14", 8 1/2" x 11", 8" x 13", 8 1/2" x 13", 8 1/4" x 13", 8 1/8" x 13 1/4", 5 1/2" x 8 1/2", A3, A4, A5, B4, B5, 8 1/2" x 11" Tab, A4 Tab, 12" x 18" Wide, 11" x 17" Wide, 8 1/2" x 11" Wide, 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" Wide, A3 Wide, A4 Wide, A5 Wide, B4 Wide, B5 Wide, Custom Size Settings, Print Po-sition Settings

Paper Feeding and Amount of Feeding Paper:

Same as the copier

Load Output Pa-per:

Same as the copier

Mode: The dual operation of the copier and the printer is available(5 jobs, including scanning jobs, can be pro-cessed at the maximum.)

Special Printing: Offset, Staple Function, Combination, Punch Function, Fold and Stitch Function, Wait Mode Function, Image Shift Function, Password Print-ing, Chapter, Image Storage, Form Overlay Function, Front/Back Cover Function, etc.

Orientation: Portrait and LandscapeResolution: Printing System: 600 x 600 dpi Scanning resolution: 200 dpi / 300 dpi/ 400 dpi /

600 dpiGradation: binaryPrintable Area: Standard: PCLXL: 2.54 mm (left, right, top and bottom

without variation)PCL5e: 4.23 mm (left, right, top and bottom with-

out variation)PS: 2.84 mm (left, right, top and bottom without

variation)314 x 460 mm (The maximum paper size: 324 x

460 mm)No. of Print: 1 to 9999Continuous print speed:

105 ppm (A4, 8.5 x 11) / (600 x 600 dpi) *1

Warm-up time: Same as the copierCPU: Low Voltage Pentium III Tualatin 933 MHzSystem Memory: 256 MB SD-RAM (Standard),

Expandable up to 512 MB (Option: EM-701)Host Interface: Parallel port Centronics

(IEEE 1284 / amphenol 36 pin male connector)

2-5 IP-1050

Page 26: Printer User Guide

2 Overview

Network Interface: Ethernet (100Base-TX / 10Base-T)Hard Disk Drive EIDE drive 40 GB or morePrinter Description Language:

PCL (TIFF/PDF)PostScript 3(TIFF/PDF) (optional PS3 kit re-quired)

Compliant OS: Windows 98/MeWindows NT 4.0 (NT Service Pack 3 or more)Windows 2000Windows XPMac OS 8.x - 9.x (optional PS3 kit required)Mac OS X v10.2x - v10.3x (optional PS3 kit re-quired)

Printer Driver: Printer driver for Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0/2000/XPPS printer driver for Windows (optional PS3 kit required)PS printer driver for Macintosh (optional PS3 kit required)

Compliant Host Computer:

Windows-based computerMacintosh (optional PS3 kit required)

Option: PS3 kitmemory: (optional PS3 kit required) (EM-701: 256 MB)

Power: Obtain from main body printerTemperature: Same as the copierHumidity: Same as the copierBuilt-in fonts: Agfa Microtype fonts

Adobe PostScript Font (optional PS3 kit re-quired)

Network Functions

Type: Print Controller Built-in typeFrame Type: IEEE 802.3Ethernet Connec-tion:

100Base-TX / 10Base-T

Network Connec-tor:

RJ-45

Protocols: TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, NetBEUI, IPP, EtherTalkCompliant OS (NOS):

Novell NetWare (3.x, 4.x-6), Windows 95/98/Me, Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Mac OS 8.x - 9.x, Mac OS X v10.2x - v10.3x

Multiple Protocols: Automatic selectionPrinting Method: Peer-to-Peer (TCP/IP for Windows 95/98/Me),

Pserver (IPX/SPX), lpd/lpr (TCP/IP for Windows NT 4.0/2000), lpd/lpr (TCP/IP for UNIX), AppleTalk (EtherTalk), NPrinter/RPrinter (IPX/SPX), Port9100 (TCP/IP)

2-6 IP-1050

Page 27: Printer User Guide

2 Overview

2.4.1 Restrictive Conditions

Although the Weekly Timer function of the main body printer is available in the Printer mode, the power is not turned off until the data output is finished when print data remains in the Image memory. *1 Numbers in the case of continuous printing following the storage of all

pages in image memory, or numbers in the case of printing the same im-age on multiple papers.

Note

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Dedicated Utilities: Peer to Peer Printing ToolCompliant Web Browser:

Netscape Navigator, Internet Explorer

Status Indicators: Green LED 2

2-7 IP-1050

Page 28: Printer User Guide

2 Overview

2.5 UTP cable specifications

Use the following universal Ethernet standard when configuring your 10/100BaseT UTP cables to connect to the RJ-45 connector on the Network In-terface Card. The cable should be Category Type 5 or better (depending on length).

Pin No. Color Ethernet

8 Blue/White

7 Blue

6 Orange/White Receive-

5 Green/White

4 Green

3 Orange Receive+

2 Brown/White Transmit-

1 Brown Transmit+

2-8 IP-1050

Page 29: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

3 Installation (Local printing)

To use the print controller as a local printer, following preparations are re-quired;

1 Prepare Parallel cable (centronics IEEE 1284) and connect the print controller and your computer.

2 Prepare User Software CD and Install the printer driver for local printing to your computer.

3 Print the test page.

This chapter describes how to install the printer driver for local printing to Windows-compliant computers and how to print the test page.

Refer to "Installation (Network printing)" on Page 4-1 about network printing.

3.1 Installation of the Printer Driver in the computer

The setup procedures are the series of preparation to connect the copier to the computer and install the printer driver in the computer. The installation procedures may be different depending on OS.

Note

The bizhub PRO1050/1050P CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM is required for the setup.

3-1 IP-1050

Page 30: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

3.1.1 Compliant OS

The printer driver is can be used on the following OS:

Note

To install the PCL printer driver, use either [Setup.exe] or [Add a Printer]. In this manual, how to install it from [Add a Printer] is described.About how to install it from [Setup.exe], refer to "Installer User's Guide".

Windows Printer Driver

Windows 98/Me • "Installing to Windows 98/Me (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 3-3

Windows NT4.0 • "Installing to Windows NT4.0 (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 3-7

Windows 2000 • "Installing to Windows 2000 (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 3-11

Windows XP • "Installing to Windows XP (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 3-16

Windows NT4.0/2000/XP • "Installing to Windows NT4.0/2000/XP (KONICA MINOLTA PS)" on Page 3-22

3-2 IP-1050

Page 31: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

Installing to Windows 98/Me (PCL6/PS3)

To install the PCL6/PS3 printer driver to Windows 98/Me, perform the follow-ing steps.

DETAILS

In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf] file through the bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM start-up screen.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 98/Me.- Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

2 Click the [Start] button of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] from the Start menu to click [Printers] from the sub-menu.The [Printers] window appears.

3 Double-click the [Add Printer] icon of the [Printers] window.The [Add Printer Wizard] window appears to set the printer.

4 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] win-dow appears.

5 Select the [Local printer].When the printing system is directly connected to a computer in which the printer driver will be installed, se-lect [Local printer].

When personal computers are con-nected to a network and you want to print via the network, select [Net-work printer]. In case. refer to "In-stalling to Windows 98/Me (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 4-3.

3-3 IP-1050

Page 32: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

6 Click the [Next].The window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear.

7 Click the [Have Disk].The [Install From Disk] window ap-pears.

8 Click the [Browse].The [Open] window appears.

9 Set the "bizhub PRO1050/1050P CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" in the CD-ROM drive.

10 Change [Drive] to CD-ROM drive.

11 Select the following file;- When you install PCL6 driver:

[KMRG6O0.inf] file in the "\English\Driver\PCLXL\Win9x_Me" folder of the "bizhub PRO1050/1050P CD-ROM"

- When you install PS3 driver:[oemsetup.inf] file in the "\English\Driver\AdobePS\Win9x_Me" folder of the "PS-502 CD-ROM"

12 Click the [Open]The [Install From Disk] window appears again.

13 Click the [OK].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to select the printer manufactur-er and model appears.

3-4 IP-1050

Page 33: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

14 Be sure that in the list of [Printers]. When you install PCL6 driver: [KON-ICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL] is high-lighted.When you install PS3 driver: [KONI-CA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is high-lighted.

[KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is the printer name of the default.

15 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to assign a port appears.

16 Select the port to which the printing system is connected.- Select LPT port when the print-

ing system is used as a local printer.

17 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to specify the printer name ap-pears.

18 In the [Printer name] text box, check the printer name.- If you want to change the printer

name, enter the new printer name in the [Printer name] text box.

19 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.- Select [Yes] to use this printer as the default printer, and select [No]

to not.

Note

If you are installing the first printer to your computer, the [Default printer]

3-5 IP-1050

Page 34: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

setting will not appear. The first printer installed automatically becomes the default printer.

20 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to perform the test print appears.

21 Select whether to perform the test print or not.- Select [Yes (recommended)] to

perform the test print, or select [No] to not.

Note

Printing the test page is also possible after the installation of the printer driver.

22 Click the [Finish] button.- Necessary files will be copied from the "bizhub PRO1050/1050P

CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" to complete the installation.If you have selected [Yes (recommended)] at step 21, performing of the test print starts.

23 Make sure the test page printed properly.- If you have selected [No] at step 21, the test page will not be print-

ed.If the test page is printed properly, click the [Yes].

24 The installation is completed.The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-starting your computer.

3-6 IP-1050

Page 35: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

Installing to Windows NT4.0 (PCL6/PS3)

To install the PCL6/PS3 printer driver to Windows NT4.0, perform the follow-ing steps. The installation should be performed by a qualified system admin-istrator or printer administrator.

DETAILS

In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf] file through the bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM start-up screen.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows NT4.0.

2 Log on as an administrator (or a user entitled to install a printer).- Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Click the [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] of the Start menu and click [Printers] from the sub-menu.The [Printers] window appears.

4 Double-click the [Add Printer] icon of the [Printers] window.The [Add Printer Wizard] window will appear to add the printer.

5 Select [My Computer].- When the printing system is di-

rectly connected to a computer in which the printer driver will be installed, select [My computer]. When the printing system is managed in a computer in which the printer driver will be installed, also select [My computer].

- When personal computers or workstations are connected to the network and you want to print via the network, select [Network printer server]. In case refer to "Installing to Windows NT4.0 (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 4-8.

6 Click the [Next].The window to select the printer port will appear.

3-7 IP-1050

Page 36: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

7 Select the checkbox of the port con-necting the printer.- Select the port to which the

printing system is directly con-nected.

8 Click the [Next].The window to select the printer manufacturer and model appears.

Note

If you want to print directly to the printing system via the network, select the LPR port. For details, refer to "Installing to Windows NT4.0 (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 4-8.

9 Click the [Have Disk].The [Install From Disk] window ap-pears.

10 Click the [Browse].The [Locate File] window appears.

11 Set the "bizhub PRO1050/1050P CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" in the CD-ROM drive.

12 Change [Look in] to CD-ROM drive.

13 Select the following file;- When you install PCL6 driver:

[KMRG601.inf] file in the "\English\Driver\PCLXL\WinNT4" folder of the "bizhub PRO1050/1050P CD-ROM"

- When you install PS3 driver:[Oemsetup.inf] file in the "\English\Driver\AdobePS\WinNT4" folder of the "PS-502 CD-ROM"

3-8 IP-1050

Page 37: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

14 Click the [Open]The [Install From Disk] window appears again.

15 Click the [OK].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to select the manufacturer and model of the printer appears.

16 Be sure that in the list of [Printers]. When you install PCL6 driver: [KON-ICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL] is high-lighted.When you install PS3 driver: [KONI-CA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is high-lighted.

[KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is the printer name of the default.

17 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window appears.

18 In the [Printer name] text box, check the printer name.

- If you want to change the printer name, enter the new printer name in the [Printer name] text box.

19 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.- Select [Yes] to use this printer as the default printer, and select [No]

to not.

Note

If you install a printer to the computer for the first time, [Default printer] setting will not appear, and the first printer installed will be the default printer.

20 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to select whether to share the printer appears.

3-9 IP-1050

Page 38: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

21 Select whether to share the printer or not.- Select [Shared] or [Not shared]

checkbox.You can select the Network Cli-ent OS using the shared printer from the list displayed at the low-er part of the window.

Note

When you select [Shared], you can input the shared name in the textbox.

22 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to perform the test print appears.

23 Select Whether to perform the test print or not.- Select [Yes (recommended)] to

perform the test print, or select [No] to not.

Note

Printing the test page is also possible after the installation of the printer driver.

24 Click the [Finish].- Necessary files will be copied from the "bizhub PRO1050/1050P

CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" to complete the installation.

- If you have selected [Yes (recommended)] at step 23, performing of the test print starts.

25 Make sure the test page printed properly.- If you have selected [No] at step 23, the test page will not be print-

ed.

- If the test page is printed properly, click the [Yes].

26 The installation is completed.The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-starting your computer.

3-10 IP-1050

Page 39: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

Installing to Windows 2000 (PCL6/PS3)

To install the PCL6/PS3 printer driver to Windows 2000, perform the follow-ing steps. The installation should be performed by a qualified system admin-istrator or printer administrator.

DETAILS

In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf] file through the bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM start-up screen.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 2000.

2 Log on as an administrator (or a user entitled to install a printer).- Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Click the [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] of the Start menu and click [Printers] from the sub-menu.The [Printers] window appears.

4 Double-click the [Add Printer] icon of the [Printers] window.The [Add Printer Wizard] window appears to add the printer.

5 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] win-dow appears.

6 Select the [Local printer].- When the printing system is di-

rectly connected to a computer in which the printer driver will be installed, select [Local printer]. When the printing system is managed in a computer in which the printer driver will be installed, also select [Local printer].

- When selecting the [Local print-er], turn "off" the [Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer] check box setting.

- When personal computers or workstations are connected to the network and you want to print via the network, select [Network printer]. In case, refer to "Installing to Windows 2000 (PCL6/PS3)"

3-11 IP-1050

Page 40: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

on Page 4-14.

7 Click the [Next].The window to select the printer port will appear.

8 Select the port connecting the print-er.- Select the port to which the

printing system is directly con-nected.

Note

If you want to print directly to the print-ing system via the network, select the LPR port. For details, refer to "In-stalling to Windows 2000 (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 4-14.

9 Click the [Next].The window to select the printer manufacturer and model appears.

10 Click the [Have Disk].The [Install From Disk] window ap-pears.

11 Click the [Browse].The [Locate File] window appears.

12 Set the "bizhub PRO1050/1050P CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" in the CD-ROM drive.

13 Change [Look in] to CD-ROM drive.

14 Select the following file;- When you install PCL6 driver:

[KMRG602.inf] file in the "\English\Driver\PCLXL\Win2K" folder of the "bizhub PRO1050/1050P CD-ROM"

3-12 IP-1050

Page 41: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

- When you install PS3 driver:[OEMSETUP.INF] file in the "\English\Driver\AdobePS\Win2K" folder of the "PS-502 CD-ROM"

15 Click the [Open]The [Install From Disk] window appears again.

16 Click the [OK].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to select the manufacturer and model of the printer appears.

17 Be sure that in the list of [Printers]. When you install PCL6 driver: [KON-ICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL] is high-lighted.When you install PS3 driver: [KONI-CA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is high-lighted.

[KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is the printer name of the default.

18 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to check/change the printer name appears.

19 In the [Printer name] text box, check the printer name.- If you want to change the printer

name, enter the new printer name in the [Printer name] text box.

20 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.- Select [Yes] to use this printer as the default printer, and select [No]

to not.

Note

If you are installing the first printer to your computer, the [Default printer] setting will not appear. The first printer installed automatically becomes the default printer.

3-13 IP-1050

Page 42: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

21 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to select whether to share the printer appears.

22 Select whether to share the printer or not.- Select [Share as] or [Do not

share this printer] checkbox.

Note

When you select [Share as], you can input the shared name in the textbox.

23 Click the [Next].- If you have selected [Do not share this printer] at step 22, the next

[Add Printer Wizard] window to perform the test print will appear. In this case, go to step 26.

- If you have selected [Share as] at step 22, the next [Add Printer Wiz-ard] window to enter location and comment will appear. In this case, go to step 24.

24 If you have selected [Share as] at step 22, enter the location of the shared printer and comment in the [Location] and [Comment] textbox.

25 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] win-dow to perform the test print will ap-pear.

26 Select Whether to perform the test print or not.- Select [Yes] to perform the test

print, or select [No] to not.

Note

Printing the test page is also possible after the installation of the printer driv-er.

27 Click the [Next].The [Add Printer Wizard] completion window appears.

3-14 IP-1050

Page 43: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

28 Click the [Finish].[Digital Signature Not Found] win-dow appears.

29 Click the [Yes].- Necessary files will be copied

from the "bizhub PRO1050/1050P CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" to complete the installa-tion. The printer driver of the printing system becomes avail-able without restarting your com-puter. If you click the [No], the installation will not complete.

- If you have selected [Yes] at step 26, performing of the test print starts.

30 Make sure the test page printed properly.- If you have selected [No] at step 26, the test page will not be print-

ed.

- If the test page is printed properly, click the [OK].

31 The installation is completed.- The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without

restarting your computer.

3-15 IP-1050

Page 44: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

Installing to Windows XP (PCL6/PS3)

To install the PCL6/PS3 printer driver to Windows XP, perform the following steps. The installation should be performed by a qualified system adminis-trator or printer administrator.

DETAILS

In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf] file through the bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM start-up screen.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows XP.

2 Log on as an administrator (or a user entitled to install a printer).- Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Click the [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Printers and Faxes] of the Start menu.The [Printers and Faxes] window appears.

4 Click the [Add a printer] icon of the [Printers and Faxes] window.The [Add Printer Wizard] window will appear to add the printer.

5 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] win-dow to select the printer connection appears.

6 Select the [Local printer attached to this computer].- When the printing system is di-

rectly connected to a computer in which the printer driver will be installed, select [Local printer at-tached to this computer]. When the printing system is managed in a computer in which the print-er driver will be installed, also se-lect [Local printer attached to this computer].

- When selecting the [Local printer attached to this computer], turn "off" the [Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer] setting "off".

3-16 IP-1050

Page 45: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

- When personal computers or workstations are connected to the network and you want to print via the network, select [A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer]. In case, refer to "Installing to Windows XP (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 4-18.

7 Click the [Next].The window to select the printer port appears.

8 Select the port connecting the printer from the list displayed by clicking [▼] at the side of the [Use the following port:] box.- Select the port to which the printing system is directly connected.

Note

If you want to print directly to the printing system via the network, select the LPR port. For details, refer to "Installing to Windows XP (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 4-18.

9 Click the [Next].The window to select the printer manufacturer and model appears.

10 Click the [Have Disk].The [Install From Disk] window ap-pears.

3-17 IP-1050

Page 46: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

11 Click the [Browse].The [Locate File] window appears.

12 Set the "bizhub PRO1050/1050P CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" in the CD-ROM drive.

13 Change [Look in] to CD-ROM drive.

14 Select the following file;- When you install PCL6 driver:

[KMRG602.inf] file in the "\English\Driver\PCLXL\Win2K" folder of the "bizhub PRO1050/1050P CD-ROM"

- When you install PS3 driver:[OEMSETUP.INF] file in the "\English\Driver\AdobePS\Win2K" folder of the "PS-502 CD-ROM"

15 Click the [Open].The [Install From Disk] window appears.

16 Click the [OK].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to select the manufacturer and model of the printer appears.

17 Be sure that in the list of [Printers]. When you install PCL6 driver: [KON-ICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL] is high-lighted.When you install PS3 driver: [KONI-CA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is high-lighted.

[KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is the printer name of the default.

18 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to check/change the printer name appears.

3-18 IP-1050

Page 47: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

19 In the [Printer name] text box, check the printer name.- If you want to change the printer

name, enter the new printer name in the [Printer name] text box.

20 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.- Select [Yes] to use this printer as the default printer, and select [No]

to not.

21 Click the [Next].The window to select whether you share the printer appears.

22 Select whether to share the printer or not.- Select [Share name:] or [Do not

share this printer].

Note

When you select [Share name:], you can input the shared name in the textbox.

23 Click the [Next].- If you have selected [Do not

share this printer] at step 22, the window to perform the test print will appear. In this case, go to step 26.

- If you have selected [Share name:] at step 22, the window to enter location and comment ap-pears. In this case, go to step 24.

3-19 IP-1050

Page 48: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

24 If you have selected [Share name:] at step 22, enter the location of the shared printer and comment in the [Location] and [Comment] textbox.

25 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] win-dow to perform the test print ap-pears.

26 Select Whether to perform the test print or not.- Select [Yes] to perform the test

print, or select [No] to not.

Note

Printing the test page is also possible after the installation of the printer driv-er.

27 Click the [Next].The [Add Printer Wizard] completion window appears.

28 Click the [Finish].[Hardware Installation] window ap-pears.

29 Click the [Continue Anyway].- Necessary files will be copied

from the "bizhub PRO1050/1050P CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM."

- If you have selected [Yes] at step 26 performing of the test print starts.

3-20 IP-1050

Page 49: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

30 Make sure the test page printed properly.- If you have selected [No] at step 26, the test page will not be print-

ed.

- If the test page is printed properly, click the [OK].

31 The installation is completed.The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-starting your computer.

3-21 IP-1050

Page 50: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

Installing to Windows NT4.0/2000/XP (KONICA MINOLTA PS)

KONICA MINOLTA PS Driver is to be installed from [Setup.exe] of the PS-502 CD-ROM. In case a corresponding [Setup.exe] is not found on the CD-ROM, contact your service representative.

To install the KONICA MINOLTA PS printer driver to Windows, perform the following steps. The installation should be performed by a qualified system administrator or printer administrator.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows.- Exit from all active Windows applications, if running.

- Log on as an Administrator (or a user entitled to install printer driv-ers, such as Power User, etc.).

2 Place the “User Software CD” in the CD-ROM drive.

3 Open the [My Computer] window and then double-click the CD icon (User Software CD).

4 Double-click the [Setup.exe] file in the [Konica Minolta PS Printer Driv-er] - [Setup] folder on the “PS-502 CD-ROM”.

DETAILS

In case a corresponding [Setup.exe] is not found on the CD-ROM, con-tact your service representative.

5 Check the [I accept the term of the above License Agreement] and click the [Next].

6 Confirm the printer name and click the [Next].

3-22 IP-1050

Page 51: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

7 Select your platform.

8 Select whether or not you share this printer on the network.- If you do not share it, select the

[No]

DETAILS

If you want to share the printer on the network, refer to "Installing to Windows NT4.0/2000/XP (KONICA MI-NOLTA PS)" on Page 4-22.

9 Click the [Next].

10 Select the port to which the PS print-ing system is connected, and click the [Next].

11 Confirm the printer name.- If you want to change the printer

name, enter a new name into the [Printer Name] text box

12 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.

13 Click the [Next].

14 Confirm the port and printer name you configured, and click the [Fin-ish].The printer driver will be installed.

3-23 IP-1050

Page 52: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

15 If you want to manually configure the printer, click the [Document De-faults] or [Printer Properties].

DETAILS

For more information, refer to "KONI-CA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)" on Page 9-1.

16 Click the [Exit to Windows].The installation session is over and you go back to the desktop.

You do not need to restart the computer for the installed printer driver to take effect.

3-24 IP-1050

Page 53: Printer User Guide

3 Installation (Local printing)

3.2 Test Page Print

You can make sure whether or not the printer driver is installed properly by printing the test page that comes standard in Windows.

To print the test page:

1 Click the [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Printers and Faxes] of the Start menu.The [Printers and Faxes] window appears.

2 Right-click the printer icon on the [Printers] window. Then select [Prop-erties].[KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL Properties] dialog box appears.

Note

The properties window may different depending on your OS.

Note

How to open the [Properties] window is depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" for more information about [Properties] win-dow.

3 Select the [General] tab in the [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL Proper-ties] dialog box and click the [Print Test Page].The test page is printed and the confirmation window appears.

4 Verify that it is printed properly. Then, click the [Yes].The test print is completed.

Note

If it is not printed properly, verify the current status of this printing system.

3-25 IP-1050

Page 54: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

4 Installation (Network printing)

To use the print controller as a local printer, following preparations are re-quired;

1 Configure the network environment.

2 Prepare Ethernet cable and connect the print controller and your com-puter to your network.

3 Install the printer driver for network printing to your computer.

4 Test print.

This chapter describes how to install the printer driver for network printing to Windows-compliant computers and Macintosh and how to print the test page.

Refer to "Installation (Local printing)" on Page 3-1 about local printing.

This chapter also describes the outline of the network configuration.

Refer to the Copier’s manual about the network configuration of the copier.

4.1 Installation of the Printer Driver in the computer

The setup procedures are the series of preparation to connect the copier to the computer and install the printer driver in the computer. The installation procedures may be different depending on OS.

Note

The bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM is required for the setup.

4-1 IP-1050

Page 55: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

4.1.1 Compliant OS

The printer driver is can be used on the following OS:

Note

To install the PCL printer driver, use either [Setup.exe] or [Add a Printer]. In this manual, how to install it from [Add a Printer] is described.About how to install it from [Setup.exe], refer to "Installer User's Guide".

Windows Printer Driver

Windows 98/Me • "Installing to Windows 98/Me (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 4-3

Windows NT4.0 • "Installing to Windows NT4.0 (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 4-8

Windows 2000 • "Installing to Windows 2000 (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 4-14

Windows XP • "Installing to Windows XP (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 4-18

Windows NT4.0/2000/XP • "Installing to Windows NT4.0/2000/XP (KONICA MINOLTA PS)" on Page 4-22

Macintosh Printer Driver

Mac OS 8.x - 9.x • "Installing to Macintosh (Mac OS 9)" on Page 4-25

Mac OS X (v10.2x - v10.3x) • "Installing to Macintosh (Mac OS X)" on Page 4-27

4-2 IP-1050

Page 56: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

Installing to Windows 98/Me (PCL6/PS3)

To install the PCL6/PS3 printer driver to Windows 98/Me, perform the follow-ing steps.

DETAILS

In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf] file through the bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM start-up screen.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 98/Me.- Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

2 Click the [Start] button of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] from the Start menu to click [Printers] from the sub-menu.The [Printers] window appears.

3 Double-click the [Add Printer] icon of the [Printers] window.The [Add Printer Wizard] window appears to set the printer.

4 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] win-dow appears.

5 Select the [Network printer].When personal computers are con-nected to a network and you want to print via the network, select [Net-work printer].

Note

When using the network printer, it is necessary to complete the network settings on the network interface card and on the personal computers. For details, see your network ad-ministrator.

6 Click the [Next].The window to set the network path or queue name will appear.

4-3 IP-1050

Page 57: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

7 Type the [Network path or queue name] text box.- If you don't know its name, click

the [Browse] to view available network printers.

8 Select whether to print from MS-DOS-based program or not.- Select [Yes] to print from MS-DOS-based program, and select [No]

to not.

9 Click the [Next]If the printer driver for Windows 98/Me is not saved in the server, the window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear. In this case, go to step 10.

If the printer driver for Windows 98/Me is saved in the server, the win-dow to check/change the printer name will appear. In this case, go to step 21.

10 Click the [Have Disk].The [Install From Disk] window ap-pears.

11 Click the [Browse].The [Open] window appears.

12 Set the "bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" in the CD-ROM drive.

4-4 IP-1050

Page 58: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

13 Change [Drive] to CD-ROM drive.

14 Select the following file;- When you install PCL6 driver:

[KMRG6O0.inf] file in the "\English\Driver\PCLXL\Win9x_Me" folder of the "bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM"

- When you install PS3 driver:[oemsetup.inf] file in the "\English\Driver\AdobePS\Win9x_Me" folder of the "PS-502 CD-ROM"

15 Click the [Open]The [Install From Disk] window appears again.

16 Click the [OK].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to select the printer manufactur-er and model appears.

17 Be sure that in the list of [Printers], When you install PCL6 driver: [KON-ICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL] is high-lighted.When you install PS3 driver: [KONI-CA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is high-lighted.

[KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is the printer name of the default.

18 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to assign a port appears.

19 Select the port to which the printing system is connected.- Select port to be used when the

printing system is used as a net-work printer.

20 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to specify the printer name ap-pears.

4-5 IP-1050

Page 59: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

21 In the [Printer name] text box, check the printer name.- If you want to change the printer

name, enter the new printer name in the [Printer name] text box.

22 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.- Select [Yes] to use this printer as the default printer, and select [No]

to not.

Note

If you are installing the first printer to your computer, the [Default printer] setting will not appear. The first printer installed automatically becomes the default printer.

23 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to perform the test print appears.

24 Select Whether to perform the test print or not.- Select [Yes (recommended)] to

perform the test print, or select [No] to not.

Note

Printing the test page is also possible after the installation of the printer driver.

25 Click the [Finish] button.- Necessary files will be copied from the "bizhub PRO 1050/1050P

CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" to complete the installation.If you have selected [Yes (recommended)] at step 24, performing of the test print starts.

26 Make sure the test page printed properly.- If you have selected [No] at step 24, the test page will not be print-

ed.If the test page is printed properly, click the [Yes].

4-6 IP-1050

Page 60: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

27 The installation is completed.The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-starting your computer.

4-7 IP-1050

Page 61: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

Installing to Windows NT4.0 (PCL6/PS3)

To install the PCL6/PS3 printer driver to Windows NT4.0, perform the follow-ing steps. The installation should be performed by a qualified system admin-istrator or printer administrator.

DETAILS

In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf] file through the bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM start-up screen.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows NT4.0.

2 Log on as an administrator (or a user entitled to install a printer).- Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Click the [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] of the Start menu and click [Printers] from the sub-menu.The [Printers] window appears.

4 Double-click the [Add Printer] icon of the [Printers] window.The [Add Printer Wizard] window will appear to add the printer.

5 Select [Network printer server].- When personal computers or

workstations are connected to the network and you want to print via the network, select [Net-work printer server].

Note

When using the network printer server, it is necessary to complete the network settings on the network interface card and on the personal com-puters. For details, consult your network administrator.

6 Click the [Next].The [Printer Connection] window will appear.

7 Type the network path in the [Printer] textbox.

Note

If you don't know the network path, search in the [Shared Printer] list to view and select available network printers.

8 Click the [OK].

4-8 IP-1050

Page 62: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

Reminder!

Depending on your server and the state of your computer, steps differ as follows.If the printer driver for Windows NT4.0 is installed in the server and a dif-ferent printer is installed in the computer:Go to step 9.If the printer driver for Windows NT4.0 is installed in the server and the printer will be the first printer installed on the computer:Go to step 11.If the printer driver for Windows NT4.0 is not installed in the server and a different printer is installed in the computer:A message is displayed. If you click [OK], the window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear. Follow the same procedure of "If the printer driver for Windows NT4.0 is not installed in the server:" and install the printer driver for Windows NT4.0.If the printer driver for Windows NT4.0 is not installed in the server and the printer will be the first printer installed on the computer:A message is displayed. If you click [OK], the window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear. Follow the same procedure of "If the printer driver for Windows NT4.0 is not installed in the server:" and install the printer driver for Windows NT4.0.

9 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.- Select [Yes] to use this printer as the default printer, and select [No]

to not.

Note

If you install a printer to the computer for the first time, [Default printer] setting will not appear, and the first printer installed will be the default printer.

10 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to perform the test print appears.

11 Select Whether to perform the test print or not.- Select [Yes (recommended)] to

perform the test print, or select [No] to not.

4-9 IP-1050

Page 63: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

Note

Printing the test page is also possible after the installation of the printer driver.

12 Click the [Finish].- Necessary files will be copied from the "bizhub PRO 1050/1050P

CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" to complete the installation.

- If you have selected [Yes (recommended)] at step 11, performing of the test print starts.

13 Make sure the test page printed properly.- If you have selected [No] at step 11, the test page will not be print-

ed.

- If the test page is printed properly, click the [Yes].

14 The installation is completed.The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-starting your computer.

4-10 IP-1050

Page 64: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

If the printer driver for Windows NT4.0 is not installed in the server:

1 Click the [Have Disk].The [Install From Disk] window appears.

2 Click the [Browse].The [Locate File] window appears.

3 Set the "bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" in the CD-ROM drive.

4 Change [Look in] to CD-ROM drive.

5 Select the following file;- When you install PCL6 driver:

[KMRG601.inf] file in the "\English\Driver\PCLXL\WinNT4" folder of the "bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM"

- When you install PS3 driver:[Oemsetup.inf] file in the "\English\Driver\AdobePS\WinNT4" folder of the "PS-502 CD-ROM"

6 Click the [Open]The [Install From Disk] window appears again.

7 Click the [OK].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to select the manufacturer and model of the printer appears.

8 Be sure that in the list of [Printers], When you install PCL6 driver: [KON-ICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL] is high-lighted.When you install PS3 driver: [KONI-CA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is high-lighted.

[KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is the printer name of the default.

9 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window appears.

4-11 IP-1050

Page 65: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

10 In the [Printer name] text box, check the printer name.

- If you want to change the printer name, enter the new printer name in the [Printer name] text box.

11 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.- Select [Yes] to use this printer as the default printer, and select [No]

to not.

Note

If you install a printer to the computer for the first time, [Default printer] setting will not appear, and the first printer installed will be the default printer.

12 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to perform the test print appears.

13 Select Whether to perform the test print or not.- Select [Yes (recommended)] to

perform the test print, or select [No] to not.

Note

Printing the test page is also possible after the installation of the printer driver.

14 Click the [Finish].- Necessary files will be copied from the "bizhub PRO 1050/1050P

CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" to complete the installation.

- If you have selected [Yes (recommended)] at step 13, performing of the test print starts.

15 Make sure the test page printed properly.- If you have selected [No] at step 13, the test page will not be print-

ed.

- If the test page is printed properly, click the [Yes].

4-12 IP-1050

Page 66: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

16 The installation is completed.The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-starting your computer.

4-13 IP-1050

Page 67: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

Installing to Windows 2000 (PCL6/PS3)

To install the PCL6/PS3 printer driver to Windows 2000, perform the follow-ing steps. The installation should be performed by a qualified system admin-istrator or printer administrator.

DETAILS

In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf] file through the bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM start-up screen.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 2000.

2 Log on as an administrator (or a user entitled to install a printer).- Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Click the [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] of the Start menu and click [Printers] from the sub-menu.The [Printers] window appears.

4 Double-click the [Add Printer] icon of the [Printers] window.The [Add Printer Wizard] window appears to add the printer.

5 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] win-dow appears.

6 Select the [Network printer].- When personal computers or

workstations are connected to the network and you want to print via the network, select [Net-work printer].

Note

When using the network printer, it is necessary to complete the network settings on the network interface card and on the personal computers. For details, consult your network administrator.

7 Click the [Next].

4-14 IP-1050

Page 68: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

the window to set the printer name will appear.

8 Type the network printer name in the [Name] textbox or type the URL in the [URL] textbox and click the [Next].- If the printer driver for Windows

2000 is saved in the server, the window to set the default printer will appear. In this case, go to step 9.

- If the printer driver for Windows 2000 is not installed in the server, A message is displayed. If you click [OK], the window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear. Follow the same procedure of "If the printer driver for Windows 2000 is not installed in the server".

Note

If you don't know the network printer name, click the [Next] and search the network printer in the window to browse printer. Select available net-work printers and click [Next].

9 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.- Select [Yes] to use this printer as the default printer, and select [No]

to not.

Note

If you are installing the first printer to your computer, the [Default printer] setting will not appear. The first printer installed automatically becomes the default printer.

10 Click the [Next].The [Add Printer Wizard] completion window appears.

11 Click the [Finish].The installation is completed.

The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-starting your computer.

4-15 IP-1050

Page 69: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

If the printer driver for Windows 2000 is not installed in the server

1 Click the [Have Disk].The [Install From Disk] window ap-pears.

2 Click the [Browse].The [Locate File] window appears.

3 Set the "bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" in the CD-ROM drive.

4 Change [Look in] to CD-ROM drive.

5 Select the following file;- When you install PCL6 driver:

[KMRG602.inf] file in the "\English\Driver\PCLXL\Win2K" folder of the "bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM"

- When you install PS3 driver:[OEMSETUP.INF] file in the "\English\Driver\AdobePS\Win2K" folder of the "PS-502 CD-ROM"

6 Click the [Open]The [Install From Disk] window appears again.

7 Click the [OK].The next [Add Printer Wizard] win-dow to select the manufacturer and model of the printer appears.

4-16 IP-1050

Page 70: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

8 Be sure that in the list of [Printers].When you install PCL6 driver: [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL] is high-lighted.When you install PS3 driver: [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is high-lighted.[KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is the printer name of the default.

9 Click the [Next].[Digital Signature Not Found] window appears.

10 Click the [Yes].- Necessary files will be copied

from the "bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" to complete the installa-tion. If you click the [No], the in-stallation will not complete.

The window to set the default printer will appear.

11 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.- Select [Yes] to use this printer as the default printer, and select [No]

to not.

12 Click the [Next].The [Add Printer Wizard] completion window appears.

13 Click the [Finish].The installation is completed.

The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-starting your computer.

4-17 IP-1050

Page 71: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

Installing to Windows XP (PCL6/PS3)

To install the PCL6/PS3 printer driver to Windows XP, perform the following steps. The installation should be performed by a qualified system adminis-trator or printer administrator.

DETAILS

In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf] file through the bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM start-up screen.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows XP.

2 Log on as an administrator (or a user entitled to install a printer).- Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Click the [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Printers and Faxes] of the Start menu.The [Printers and Faxes] window appears.

4 Click the [Add a printer] icon of the [Printers and Faxes] window.The [Add Printer Wizard] window will appear to add the printer.

5 Click the [Next].The next [Add Printer Wizard] win-dow to select the printer connection appears.

6 Select the [A network printer, or a printer attached to another comput-er].- When personal computers or

workstations are connected to the network and you want to print via the network, select [A network printer, or a printer at-tached to another computer].

Note

When using the network printer, it is necessary to complete the network settings on the network interface card and on the personal computers. For details, consult your network administrator.

4-18 IP-1050

Page 72: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

7 Click the [Next].The window to specify the printer will appear.

8 Type the network printer name in the [Name] textbox or type the URL in the [URL] textbox, and click the [Next].- If the printer driver for Windows

XP is saved in the server, the window to set the default printer will appear. In this case, go to step 9.

- If the printer driver for Windows XP is not saved in the server, a message is displayed. If you click the [OK], the window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear. Follow the same procedure of "If the printer driver for Windows XP is not saved in the server".

Note

If you don't know the network printer name, click the [Next] and search the network printer in the window to browse printer. Select available net-work printers and click [Next].

9 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.- Select [Yes] to use this printer as the default printer, and select [No]

to not.

10 Click the [Finish].The installation is completed.

The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-starting your computer.

4-19 IP-1050

Page 73: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

If the printer driver for Windows XP is not saved in the server

1 Click the [Have Disk].The [Install From Disk] window ap-pears.

2 Click the [Browse].The [Locate File] window appears.

3 Set the "bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" in the CD-ROM drive.

4 Change [Look in] to CD-ROM drive.

5 Select the following file;- When you install PCL6 driver:

[KMRG602.inf] file in the "\English\Driver\PCLXL\Win2K" folder of the "bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM"

- When you install PS3 driver:[OEMSETUP.INF] file in the "\English\Driver\AdobePS\Win2K" folder of the "PS-502 CD-ROM"

6 Click the [Open].The [Install From Disk] window appears.

7 Click the [OK].The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to select the manufacturer and model of the printer appears.

4-20 IP-1050

Page 74: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

8 Be sure that in the list of [Printers]. When you install PCL6 driver: [KON-ICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL] is high-lighted.When you install PS3 driver: [KONI-CA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is high-lighted.

[KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P)] is the printer name of the default.

9 Click the [Next].[Hardware Installation] window appears.

10 Click the [Continue Anyway].- Necessary files will be copied

from the "bizhub PRO 1050/1050P CD-ROM or PS-502 CD-ROM" to complete the installa-tion. If you click the [No], the in-stallation will not complete.

The window to set the default printer will appear.

11 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.- Select [Yes] to use this printer as the default printer, and select [No]

to not.

12 Click the [Next].The [Add Printer Wizard] completion window appears.

13 Click the [Finish].The installation is completed.

The printer driver of the printing sys-tem becomes available without re-starting your computer.

4-21 IP-1050

Page 75: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

Installing to Windows NT4.0/2000/XP (KONICA MINOLTA PS)

KONICA MINOLTA PS Driver is to be installed from [Setup.exe] of the PS-502 CD-ROM. In case a corresponding [Setup.exe] is not found on the CD-ROM, contact your service representative.

To install the KONICA MINOLTA PS printer driver to Windows, perform the following steps. The installation should be performed by a qualified system administrator or printer administrator.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows.- Exit from all active Windows applications, if running.

- Log on as an Administrator (or a user entitled to install printer driv-ers, such as Power User, etc.).

2 Place the “PS-502 CD-ROM” in the CD-ROM drive.

3 Open the [My Computer] window and then double-click the CD icon (PS-502 CD-ROM).

4 Double-click the [Setup.exe] file in the [Konica Minolta PS Printer Driv-er] - [Setup] folder on the “User Software CD”.

DETAILS

In case a corresponding [Setup.exe] is not found on the CD-ROM, con-tact your service representative.

5 Check the [I accept the term of the above License Agreement] and click the [Next].

6 Confirm the printer name and click the [Next].

4-22 IP-1050

Page 76: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

7 Select your platform.

8 Select whether or not you share this printer on the network.- If you share it, select the [Yes].

DETAILS

If you do not share the printer on the network, refer to "Installing to Win-dows NT4.0/2000/XP (KONICA MINOLTA PS)" on Page 3-22

9 Click the [Next].

10 Click the [Add Network Port] to se-lect the network printer you want to add.

11 Confirm the printer name.- If you want to change the printer

name, enter a new name into the [Printer Name] text box

12 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.

13 Click the [Next].

14 Confirm the port and printer name you configured, and click the [Fin-ish].The printer driver will be installed.

15 If you want to manually configure the printer, click the [Document De-faults] or [Printer Properties].

DETAILS

For more information, refer to "KONI-CA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)" on Page 9-1.

4-23 IP-1050

Page 77: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

16 Click the [Exit to Windows] button.The installation session is over and you go back to the desktop.

You do not need to restart the computer for the installed printer driver to take effect.

4-24 IP-1050

Page 78: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

Installing to Macintosh (Mac OS 9)

To install the PS3 printer driver to Mac OS 9, perform the following steps.

1 Turn on the computer and start Macintosh.- Exit from all active applications, if required.

2 Set the "PS-502 CD-ROM" in the CD-ROM drive.The driver and PPD file may be different depending on the version of Macintosh.

Mac OS 9 :

Open the [\English\Driver\OS8_x to 9_x] folder in the User Software CD.

Note

The printer driver is not installable on Mac OS 7.x. or earlier.

3 Copy the PPD file into the hard disk.- Select the [KONICAMINOLTA1050vxxx.ppd] file and copy it into

the [HDD] - [System Folder] - [Extensions] - [Printer Descriptions].

4 Execute the installer.- Select and double-click [AdobePS Installer].

The dialog box appears.

5 Click the [Continue...].The [License] dialog box appears.

6 Click the [Accept].The [AdobePS Installer] dialog box appears.

Note

You must agree to the license to use the printer driver for the PS3 printing system. Click the [Accept] and go to the next step.

7 Click the [Install].The installation starts.

When the installation is completed, the following message appears.

4-25 IP-1050

Page 79: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

8 Click the [Restart].- Then, go to "Selecting the printer

with the Chooser".

Selecting the printer with the Chooser

1 Select [Chooser] in the [Apple Menu Items].

2 Make sure that [AdobePS] is selected in [AppleTalk] box

3 Click the [AdobePS] icon.

4 Click the printer name for your PS3 printing system from the [Select a PostScript Printer] list.

Note

If you don't know the printer name, consult your network administrator for more information.

5 Click the [Setup...] if you are using the PS3 printing system printer for the first time.- Select the PPD file that is copied

from the CD-ROM.

6 Click each items to set the options for the PS3 printing system printer.

7 Click the [OK].The [Chooser] dialog appears.

8 Close the [Chooser] dialog.

4-26 IP-1050

Page 80: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

Installing to Macintosh (Mac OS X)

To install the PS3 printer driver to Mac OS X, perform the following steps.

Caution

• The printer driver is not installable on Mac OS v10.0 or v10.1

1 Turn on the computer and start Macintosh.- Exit from all active applications, if required.

2 Set the "PS-502 CD-ROM" in the CD-ROM drive.

3 From "User Software CD"-"English", double-click [Driver]-[OS10_2_x] or [OS10_3x] folder and copy "KONICAMINOLTA_1050_xxx.pkg" onto desktop.

DETAILS

The version of Mac OS X is displayed in [xxx].

4 Double-click on "KONICAMINOLTA_1050_xxx.pkg".

DETAILS

When using the Mac OS X (v10.2v), en-ter the name and password of the ad-ministrator.

5 Click the [Continue].

6 Click the [Continue].

4-27 IP-1050

Page 81: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

7 Click the [Continue].

8 Click the [Agree].- "Select a Destination" window

appears.

9 Select a disk to be installed and then click the [Continue]."Easy Install" window appears.

10 Click the [Install].Printer driver will be installed on PC.

When the installation completes, a message appears.

Note

When using the Mac OS X (v10.3x), en-ter the name and password of the ad-ministrator.When reinstallation is carried out, the indication [install] may be changed to [Upgrade].

4-28 IP-1050

Page 82: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

11 Click the [Close].The printer driver is installed now.

4-29 IP-1050

Page 83: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

Selecting the Printer (Mac OS X v10.2x)

[Print Center] enables you to select a printer you want to use.

1 From installed [HDD]-[Applications]-[Utilities], double-click on [Print Cen-ter].

2 Click the [Add].- If the applicable printer is set, the

illustration of 2 is not displayed.

3 Select the corresponding printer name.

4 Click [Printer Model] and select [KONICA MINOLTA].

4-30 IP-1050

Page 84: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

5 Select the [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS (P)] and then click the [Add].

6 The selected printer is registered to [Printer List].

7 Click the printer name and from menu - [Printers], select [Show Info].[Printer Info] window will be dis-played.

8 Select [Installable Options].

9 Setup the options that are equipped to copier.

10 Click the [Apply Changes].

11 Close [Print Info] window.

4-31 IP-1050

Page 85: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

Selecting the Printer (Mac OS X v10.3x)

On [System Preference], set the printer you want to use.

1 Open the [System Preference] and select the [Print & Fax].

2 Select the [Set Up Printers].

3 Select the [Add].

4 Select [AppleTalk] as a connection method for a printer.Printers available for connection will be listed.

DETAILS

If you have selected [IP Print] as a con-nection method for a printer, you need to enter the IP address of the print con-troller.

5 Select the corresponding printer, and select [KONICA MINOLTA] from [Printer Model].

6 Select [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS (P)] from the list, and click [Add].

4-32 IP-1050

Page 86: Printer User Guide

4 Installation (Network printing)

7 Click the printer name and from menu - [Printers], select [Show Info].[Printer Info] window will be dis-played.

8 Select [Installable Options].

9 Setup the options that are equipped to copier.

10 Click the [Apply Changes].

11 Close [Print Info] window.

4-33 IP-1050

Page 87: Printer User Guide

5 Updating a Printer Driver

5 Updating a Printer Driver

You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/rein-stall the printer driver. The deleting procedures of the printer driver may be different depending on the type of the driver and the OS running in the com-puter.

Windows Printer Driver

Windows 98/Me • "Updating the Printer Driver (Windows 98/Me)" on Page 5-2

Windows NT4.0 • "Updating the Printer Driver (Windows NT4.0)" on Page 5-3

Windows 2000 "Updating the Printer Driver (Windows 2000)" on Page 5-4

Windows XP "Updating the Printer Driver (Windows XP)" on Page 5-5

Macintosh Printer Driver

Mac OS 8.x - 9.x "Updating the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9)" on Page 5-6

Mac OS X (v10.2x - v10.3x) "Updating the Printer Driver (Mac OS X)" on Page 5-7

5-1 IP-1050

Page 88: Printer User Guide

5 Updating a Printer Driver

Updating the Printer Driver (Windows 98/Me)

You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/rein-stall the printer driver.

To update the Windows 98/Me-compatible printer driver, perform the follow-ing steps.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 98/Me.

2 Click the [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] from the Start menu to click [Printers] from the sub-menu.The [Printers] window appears.

- Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Right-click the icon for the printer you want to delete. Then, select [De-lete].

4 Click the [Yes].

5 Restart the computer.The printer driver is uninstalled.

Note

If the printer has been set as the default printer, the message saying the default printer is deleted appears after the deletion.

6 Then, go to "Installing to Windows 98/Me (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 3-3.

5-2 IP-1050

Page 89: Printer User Guide

5 Updating a Printer Driver

Updating the Printer Driver (Windows NT4.0)

You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/rein-stall the printer driver.

To update the Windows NT4-compatible printer driver, perform the following steps.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows NT 4.0.

2 Click the [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] from the Start menu to click [Printers] from the sub-menu.The [Printers] window appears.

- Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Right-click the icon for the printer you want to delete. Then, select [De-lete].The confirmation message appears.

4 Click the [Yes].The printer driver is uninstalled. After completion of uninstall, close the [Printers] window.

5 Restart the computer.To avoid the system failure, make sure to restart the computer after de-leting the printer driver.

6 Then, go to "Installing to Windows NT4.0 (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 3-7.

5-3 IP-1050

Page 90: Printer User Guide

5 Updating a Printer Driver

Updating the Printer Driver (Windows 2000)

You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/rein-stall the printer driver.

To update the Windows 2000-compatible printer driver, perform the follow-ing steps.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 2000.

2 Click the [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] from the Start menu to click [Printers] from the sub-menu.The [Printers] window appears.

- Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Right-click the icon for the printer you want to delete. Then, select [De-lete].The confirmation message appears.

4 Click the [Yes].The printer is uninstalled.

- If the printer has been set as the default printer, the message say-ing the default printer is deleted appears after the deletion.

5 Select the [Server Properties] from the [File] menu of the [Printers] win-dow.The [Print Server Properties] window appears.

6 Open the [Drivers] tab of the [Print Server Properties] window.

7 Select the printer driver you want to delete from the [Installed printer drivers:]. Then click the [Remove].The confirmation message appears.

8 Click the [Yes].The printer driver is deleted (uninstalled).

9 Restart the computer.- To avoid the system failure, make sure to restart the computer after

deleting the printer driver.

10 Then, go to "Installing to Windows 2000 (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 3-11.

5-4 IP-1050

Page 91: Printer User Guide

5 Updating a Printer Driver

Updating the Printer Driver (Windows XP)

You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/rein-stall the printer driver.

To update the Windows XP-compatible printer driver, perform the following steps.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows XP.

2 Click the [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Printers and Faxes] from the Start menu.The [Printers and Faxes] window appears.

- Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Select the icon for the printer you want to delete. Then, click [Delete this printer].The confirmation message will appear.

4 Click the [Yes].The printer is uninstalled.

Note

If the printer has been set as the default printer, the message saying the default printer is deleted appears after the deletion.

5 Select the [Server Properties] from the [File] menu of the [Printers and Faxes] window.The [Print Server Properties] window appears.

6 Open the [Drivers] tab of the [Print Server Properties] window.

7 Select the printer driver you want to delete from the [Installed printer drivers:]. Then click the [Remove].The confirmation message appears.

8 Click the [Yes].The printer driver is deleted (uninstalled).

9 Restart the computer.- To avoid the system failure, make sure to restart the computer after

deleting the printer driver.

10 Then go to "Installing to Windows XP (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 3-16.

5-5 IP-1050

Page 92: Printer User Guide

5 Updating a Printer Driver

Updating the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9)

You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/rein-stall the printer driver.

To update the Macintosh-compatible printer driver, perform the following steps.

1 Turn on the computer and start Macintosh.

2 Select the icon for the printer that you want to delete from the desktop and drag it onto [Trash].The desktop printer is deleted (uninstalled).

- The files for the old driver may be left if you have problems updating the driver. If such is the case, delete them all.

3 Select [KONICAMINOLTA1050vxxx.ppd] in [HDD] - [System Folder] - [Extensions] - [Printer Descriptions] and drag it onto [Trash].

The files related to the driver file are deleted.

Note

[KONICAMINOLTA1050vxxx.ppd] loses its effect on the printer just by re-moving it from the [Extensions] folder.PPD file name varies depending on models of machine.

4 Then, go to "Installing to Macintosh (Mac OS 9)" on Page 4-25.

5-6 IP-1050

Page 93: Printer User Guide

5 Updating a Printer Driver

Updating the Printer Driver (Mac OS X)

You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/rein-stall the printer driver.

To update the Mac OS X-compatible printer driver, perform the following steps.

Caution

• The printer driver is not installable on Mac OS v10.0 or v10.1

1 Turn on the computer and start Mac OS X.

2 Open the [Printer List].

3 Select the name of the printer to be deleted and click the [Delete].The selected printer is deleted.

4 Close the [Printer List].

5 Double-click the [HDD] on which the printer driver was installed, then from the [Libraries] - [Printers] - [PPD Plugins], drag the following 3 fold-ers to the recycle bin.- KONICA MINOLTA 1050 Finishing.plugin

- KONICA MINOLTA 1050 ImageLayout.plugin

- KONICA MINOLTA 1050 Security.plugin

- KONICA MINOLTA 1050 Setup.plugin

Printer driver related files are deleted.

Note

Delete the old driver without fail before updating the driver software. If any old driver file is left, some malfunction may occur in updating the driv-er.

6 Double-click the [HDD] on which the printer driver was installed, then from [Library] - [Printers] - [PPDs] - [Contents] - [Resources] - [en.lprej], select [KONICAMINOLTA1050.gz] and drag it to the recycle bin.

7 Restart the computer.This completes the deletion of the printer driver.

5-7 IP-1050

Page 94: Printer User Guide

5 Updating a Printer Driver

8 Then, go to "Installing to Macintosh (Mac OS X)" on Page 4-27.

5-8 IP-1050

Page 95: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

6 Various Function

This chapter describes basic printing method from application, and various functions.

Basic Printing method (Windows)

The following shows the basic methods of use of the printing system for printing from a Windows.

Before printing, be sure the connection of the print controller and your com-puter and the printer driver.

1 Select [Print] from [File] menu in an application.[Print] dialog appears.

Note

Command name may be different de-pending on the application.

2 Select printer in pull down menu besides the [Name].

3 Click the [Properties] to set detail if necessary.

4 Click the [OK] if a required setup is finished.The display returns to the [Print] dialog.

6-1 IP-1050

Page 96: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

5 Click the [OK].The print controller receives and processes a print job sent from your computer. This file will be printed from the copier.

Note

Refer to "PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)" on Page 7-1, "PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)" on Page 8-1 for more information about print setup.

6-2 IP-1050

Page 97: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

Basic Printing method (Mac OS 9)

The following shows the basic methods of use of the printing system for printing from a Mac 9.

Before printing, be sure the connection of the print controller and your com-puter and the printer driver.

1 Select [Chooser] in the [Apple Menu Items].

2 Click the [Adobe PS] and select the printer, then close the [Chooser] di-alog.- Make sure that [Active] is ON in [AppleTalk].

3 Select [File]-[Print] of the application.[Print] dialog appears.

Note

Command name may be dif-ferent depending on the ap-plication.

4 Make sure that compliant printer name is selected in the [Printer].

Note

Refer to "PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)" on Page 10-1 for more information about print setup.

5 Click the [Print].This file will be printed from the copier.

6-3 IP-1050

Page 98: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

Basic Printing method (Mac OS X)

The following shows the basic methods of use of the printing system for printing from a Mac OS X.

Before printing, be sure the connection of the print controller and your com-puter and the printer driver.

1 Double click the [Print Center] icon.[Printer List] window appears.

- [Print Center] is in the [HDD]-[Ap-plication]-[Utility] folder.

2 Select the printer and close [Printer List] window.

3 Select [File]-[Print] of the applica-tion.

Note

Command name may be different de-pending on the application.

4 Make sure that compliant printer name is selected in the [Printer].

Note

Refer to "PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)" on Page 10-1 for more information about print setup.

5 Click the [Print].This file will be printed from the copier.

6-4 IP-1050

Page 99: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

6.1 To set the paper-related items

The size of the paper, direction of the paper and other paper-related items can be set as shown below.

To set the orientation:

Set the orientation output paper in "Portrait" or "Landscape".

To print in rotation:

Print in rotation, when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used.

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Layout tab" on Page 8-13

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Page Attributes dialog box" on Page 10-9

"Finishing (Print window)" on Page 11-12

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Layout tab" on Page 8-13

"Quality tab" on Page 9-49

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

ABCDABCDEF

Portrait Landscape

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

ABCDEF

ABCDEF

Rotation

6-5 IP-1050

Page 100: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To set the size of output paper:

Set various sizes for the output paper.

To set the type of paper:

Set various types of paper as output paper.

To set the weight of the paper.

Set the weight of the paper loaded in the selected paper tray.

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Page Attributes dialog box" on Page 10-9

"Page Attributes (Page Setup window)" on Page 11-3

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Paper/Quality tab" on Page 8-15

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (1)" on Page 10-20

"Setup (Print window)" on Page 11-17

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Setup (Print window)" on Page 11-17

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

6-6 IP-1050

Page 101: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To set the color of the paper.

Set the color of the paper loaded in the selected paper tray.

To set the pre-punched paper.

Set whether the paper loaded in the selected paper tray is pre-punched.

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Setup (Print window)" on Page 11-17

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Setup (Print window)" on Page 11-17

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

6-7 IP-1050

Page 102: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To enlarge or reduce by a specified ratio:

Print by specifying a value of enlargement or reduction.

To set the margins:

Set the margins of output paper, when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used.

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Page Attributes dialog box" on Page 10-9

"Page Attributes (Page Setup window)" on Page 11-3

"Custom Page Default dialog box" on Page 10-13

"Custom Paper Size (Page Setup win-dow)" on Page 11-5

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

ABCD

ABCD ABCD

Document

Enlargement

Reduction

ABCD

PS (Mac OS 9) PS (Mac OS X)

Margin

6-8 IP-1050

Page 103: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

6.2 To set the paper tray

For the paper trays such as the feed tray and the output tray, the following settings are available.

To set the Paper Source unit (PF-701):

You can set the printer driver to recognize an optional paper source unit.

To set the Bypass tray (PF-701):

You can select and set a Bypass tray (PF-701) to be used from the list.

"Option tab" on Page 7-11

"Device Settings tab" on Page 8-10

"Option tab" on Page 9-12

"Configure dialog box" on Page 10-33

"Printer Info" on Page 11-26

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Device Settings tab" on Page 8-10

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"General dialog box" on Page 10-14

"Paper Feed (Print window)" on Page 11-8

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

PF-701

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

Tray 3Tray 4

Tray 5

6-9 IP-1050

Page 104: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To set the Finisher:

You can set the printer driver to recognize an optional Finisher.

To set the Output tray:

Select and set an output tray to be used from the list.

"Option tab" on Page 7-11

"Device Settings tab" on Page 8-10

"Option tab" on Page 9-12

"Configure dialog box" on Page 10-33

"Printer Info" on Page 11-26

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Finishing (Print window)" on Page 11-12

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

Finisher

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

Main tray

Sub tray

6-10 IP-1050

Page 105: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To set the Stacker:

This printing system enables you to stack a large amount of printed materials on the stacker. You can move around the stacker like a dolly.

"Option tab" on Page 7-11

"Device Settings tab" on Page 8-10

"Option tab" on Page 9-12

"Configure dialog box" on Page 10-33

"Printer Info" on Page 11-26

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

6-11 IP-1050

Page 106: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

6.3 To print multiple copies

To print multiple sets of the same output result pages, you can set as shown below.

To set the number of copies to be printed:

Set the number of copies to be printed from the [Properties] window.

To print by sets (Collate / Sort):

Print the first one set of pages in one lot, and then the second set of pages, the third set of pages, ...., when printing multiple sets of pages.

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"General dialog box" on Page 10-14

"Copies & Pages (Print window)" on Page 11-6

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Copies & Pages (Print window)" on Page 11-6

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

ABCD

3

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

3

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

6-12 IP-1050

Page 107: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To print page by page collectively:

Print the required number of the first page, and then the required umber of the second pages, the third page, .... collectively when printing multiple sets of pages.

To output offset copies (Offset):

Output groups of copies shifted to opposite sides.

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Copies & Pages (Print window)" on Page 11-6

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Finishing (Print window)" on Page 11-12

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

ABCD

1

ABCD

1

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

2

ABCD

2

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

ABCDABCDABCD

ABCDABCDABCD

ABCDABCDABCD

Offset Copies

6-13 IP-1050

Page 108: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

6.4 To print multiple pages

You can set as shown below when printing multiple pages document.

To set to print on both sides:

Print continuous multiple pages on both front and back sides.

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Finishing (Print window)" on Page 11-12

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

Double Sides / Top Binding

Double Sides / Right Binding

Double Sides / Left Binding

6-14 IP-1050

Page 109: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To print the document of multiple pages on a single page:

(Page allocation / Layout):

Allocate the document of 2 pages, 4 pages, 6 pages, 9 pages or 16 pages onto a single page for printing.

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Layout tab" on Page 8-13

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Layout dialog box" on Page 10-18

"Layout (Print window)" on Page 11-7

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

2 up 4 up

6-15 IP-1050

Page 110: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big:(2-in-1 / 2-in-1 Repeat):

Print a document of 2 pages onto a single paper twice as big as a paper set in the output paper.

To print a twofold booklet (Booklet):

Print output paper so that they become a book when they are folded in two.

"Special Functions tab" on Page 7-36

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Special Functions" on Page 9-38

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Image/Layout (Print window)" on Page 11-9

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Image/Layout (Print window)" on Page 11-9

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

2-in-1

ABCD

1

ABCD

1

2-in-1 Repeat

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

6-16 IP-1050

Page 111: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To print a specific page on the front face (Chapter):

Print a specific page so that it comes on the front, especially when printing on both sides of the paper.

To print pages in reverse order (Face up):

Output paper in reverse order when printing multiple pages.

Not To print blank page:

Does not output blank pages if they exist in the document being printed.

"Per Page Setting tab" on Page 7-30 "Per Page Setting" on Page 9-32

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Finishing (Print window)" on Page 11-12

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

PCL (Windows) PS-Visual (Windows)

1'st page of a chapter

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

ABCD8ABCD1 ABCD1 ABCD1 ABCD1 ABCD1 ABCD1 ABCD1

Face upFace down

ABCD

PCL (Windows)

6-17 IP-1050

Page 112: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

6.5 To set the Front & Back & Thick Cover / Insertion

Sheet

Make settings to print not only pages but also a front cover, back cover, in-sertion sheet and thick cover.

To set a Front Cover:

Set a front cover for which paper is different than the text papers.

"Per Page Setting tab" on Page 7-30

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Per Page Setting" on Page 9-32

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Setup (Print window)" on Page 11-17

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCD

Front Cover- Blank

Front Cover- Printed

6-18 IP-1050

Page 113: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To set a Back Cover:

Set a back cover for which paper is different than the text papers.

To set an Insertion Sheet:

Insert a blank or printed paper which is different than the output papers set.

"Per Page Setting tab" on Page 7-30

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Per Page Setting" on Page 9-32

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Setup (Print window)" on Page 11-17

"Per Page Setting tab" on Page 7-30 "Per Page Setting" on Page 9-32

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

Back Cover- Blank

Back Cover - Printed

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCD

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

PCL (Windows) PS-Visual (Windows)

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCD

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

Insertion sheet - Blank

Insertion sheet - Printed

6-19 IP-1050

Page 114: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To set a Thick Cover:

Output a thick paper as a cover, which is different than the output papers set.

To set a Tab Paper:

Set to print tab paper tab text. You can set the text entered, tab position, number of tabs.

"Per Page Setting tab" on Page 7-30

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Per Page Setting" on Page 9-32

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Setup (Print window)" on Page 11-17

"Per Page Setting tab" on Page 7-30 "Per Page Setting" on Page 9-32

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

Cover sheet feeder

Output tray -

Sub tray

PCL (Windows) PS-Visual (Windows)

6-20 IP-1050

Page 115: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

6.6 To set for finishing

It is possible to use various functions such as stapling, punching, binding and folding for bookbinding and finishing.

To set stapling:

Staple output paper.

"Per Page Setting tab" on Page 7-30

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Finishing (Print window)" on Page 11-12

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

ABCD ABCDEF

6-21 IP-1050

Page 116: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To set the Punch Unit:

Make the printer driver recognize an optional Punch unit.

To set punching:

Process output paper with 2 holes or 3holes punching.

"Option tab" on Page 7-11

"Device Settings tab" on Page 8-10

"Option tab" on Page 9-12

"Configure dialog box" on Page 10-33

"Printer Info" on Page 11-26

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Finishing (Print window)" on Page 11-12

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

Punch unit

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

ABCDABCDEF

6-22 IP-1050

Page 117: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To adjust printing position inside the paper (Image Shift):

Adjust the position of printing to the output paper.

To set Fold, Stitch:

Fold an output paper at the center, bind it at the center, fold it in a Z-shape or fold it into three equal for output.

"Special Functions tab" on Page 7-36

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Special Functions" on Page 9-38

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Image/Layout (Print window)" on Page 11-9

"Special Functions tab" on Page 7-36

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Special Functions" on Page 9-38

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Finishing (Print window)" on Page 11-12

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

ABCABC

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

6-23 IP-1050

Page 118: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To set Per Page Settings:

Set the specified pages to change [Print Type], [Paper Source], [Staple] and/or [Punch] settings and to use Tab Paper.

"Per Page Setting tab" on Page 7-30 "Per Page Setting" on Page 9-32

PCL (Windows) PS-Visual (Windows)

6-24 IP-1050

Page 119: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

6.7 To set a Watermark

A Watermark or an Overlay can be set and printed on the output paper.

To create a Overlay:

Create a overlay design that is printed on the output paper.

To print a Overlay:

Set a overlay and print it on the output paper.

To create a new Watermark:

Create a new Watermark printed on the output paper, when this printing sys-tem is used.

"Overlay tab" on Page 7-41 "Overlay tab" on Page 9-46

"Overlay tab" on Page 7-41 "Overlay tab" on Page 9-46

"Watermark tab" on Page 7-44

"Watermarks tab" on Page 9-51

"Watermark dialog box" on Page 10-11

PCL (Windows) PS-Visual (Windows)

PCL (Windows) PS-Visual (Windows)

ABCD

PCL (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

ABCD

COPY

6-25 IP-1050

Page 120: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To print a Watermark:

Set a transparent character and print it on the output paper, when this print-ing system is used.

To print Date/Time:

Prints the date and time on all pages or Front Cover Only.

To print Page Number:

Prints the page number. You can specify the pages to be printed with page numbers, the first page from which numbers will be printed, the initial page number to be printed.

"Watermark tab" on Page 7-44

"Watermarks tab" on Page 9-51

"Watermark dialog box" on Page 10-11

"Watermark tab" on Page 7-44

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Special Functions" on Page 9-38

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Image/Layout (Print window)" on Page 11-9

"Watermark tab" on Page 7-44 "Special Functions" on Page 9-38

PCL (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

ABCD

CONFID

ENTIAL

ABCD

COPY

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

PCL (Windows) PS-Visual (Windows)

6-26 IP-1050

Page 121: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To set numbering:

Prints the copy number to the printed page.

"Watermark tab" on Page 7-44 "Special Functions" on Page 9-38

PCL (Windows) PS-Visual (Windows)

6-27 IP-1050

Page 122: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

6.8 To set an image and shade

Set a shade of color when outputting an image and a method for processing graphic data.

To print with Black:

Print colored text, lines and figures in black to prevent faint printing.

To set printing pattern:

Set printing pattern to “fine” or “coarse”.

To set draft print:

Print lightly for draft documents.

To set a printing density:

Set a printing density.

"Quality tab" on Page 7-47

"Quality tab" on Page 7-47

"Quality tab" on Page 7-47 "Quality tab" on Page 9-49

"Quality tab" on Page 7-47 "Quality tab" on Page 9-49

PCL (Windows)

PCL (Windows)

PCL (Windows) PS-Visual (Windows)

PCL (Windows) PS-Visual (Windows)

Standard Light

6-28 IP-1050

Page 123: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

To save toner consumption by controlling print density:

Save the consumption of toner by controlling print density, when this printing system is used.

To print a curved section smoothly (Smoothing):

Print the curved section of characters and images smoothly, when this print-ing system is used.

"Quality tab" on Page 7-47

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Quality tab" on Page 9-49

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Image/Layout (Print window)" on Page 11-9

"Quality tab" on Page 7-47

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Quality tab" on Page 9-49

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Image/Layout (Print window)" on Page 11-9

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

ABCD

Toner Save

ABCD

Normal

ABCD

Draft

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

Smoothing

6-29 IP-1050

Page 124: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

6.9 To set font-related items

It is possible to set the printer font-, TrueType font-, and PostScript font-re-lated items.

To print without using printer fonts:

Make settings so that printing is done without using the printer font, when this printing system is used.

"Font tab" on Page 7-49 "Font tab" on Page 9-10

PCL (Windows) PS-Visual (Windows)

6-30 IP-1050

Page 125: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

6.10 Checking the Printer Driver Setting

You can check the setting before printing and perform test printing to check current setting.

To check the current settings before printing (Wait Mode):

Check the current setting from the control panel before printing, when this printing system is used.

To check the current settings before printing (Proof and Print):

Check test printing output and check the current setting from the control panel, when this printing system is used.

To check the version of the printer driver:

Check the printer driver version from the [Properties] window, when this printing system is used.

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Paper Feed (Print window)" on Page 11-8

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on Page 10-22

"Paper Feed (Print window)" on Page 11-8

"Version tab" on Page 7-51

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

PCL (Windows)

PS (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS 9)

PS (Mac OS X)

PCL (Windows)

6-31 IP-1050

Page 126: Printer User Guide

6 Various Function

6.11 How to store the job and reprint

A print job can be saved into the hard disk of in this printing system, and it can be printed as needed.

To save and print a print job (Save in User Box / Save in User Box &

Print):

A print job can be saved into the hard disk of in this printing system, and it can be printed as needed.

To print with protection by a password (Secure Print):

Protect a print job with a password.

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Paper Feed (Print window)" on Page 11-8

"Setup tab" on Page 7-12

"Setup tab" on Page 9-14

"Paper Feed (Print window)" on Page 11-8

PCL (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS X)

PCL (Windows)

PS-Visual (Windows)

PS (Mac OS X)

6-32 IP-1050

Page 127: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

This chapter describes the settings of the PCL printer driver. For settings, use the Properties window.

7.1 About Properties window

This chapter explains the setting PCL printer driver with Properties window of Windows XP.

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS.

How to open the printing preference window differs depending on the OS in use.

Windows 98/Me

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the print-er icon and select [Properties].

Windows NT4.0/2000

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the print-er icon and select [Properties].

Windows XP

Select [Start]-[Printers and Faxes] to open the [Printers and Faxes] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows 98/Me

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows NT4.0

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Document Defaults].

Windows 2000

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Printing Preference].

Windows XP

Select [Start]-[Printers and Faxes] to open the [Printers and Faxes] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Printing Preference].

7-1 IP-1050

Page 128: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.1.1 Properties window

You have two ways of selecting or changing settings through the printer driv-er.

How to setup in the Properties window of a Printers and Faxes window

Settings made in the [Properties] of the [Printers and Faxes] folder are ef-fective when getting printouts, whatever the application.

How to setup with application, whenever it prints

Settings made in the [Properties] which appears on clicking the [Property] button of the [Print] window displayed by the printing command of the appli-cation are available within you use the application.

Caution

• This manual describes using the printer window of Windows XP. A prop-erties window may differ from the window displayed by the printing com-mand of application a little.

7-2 IP-1050

Page 129: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.2 About button

A button common to each tab of a properties window is shown below.

[OK]

When the [OK] is clicked, all tab settings are saved with the close of the prop-erties window.

[Cancel]

When the [Cancel] is clicked, all tab settings are canceled with the close of the properties window.

[Apply]

When the [Apply] is clicked, the present tab settings are saved. This button is used when settings continue to be performed by using other tabs, and the present tab settings are registered before using other tabs.

[Help]

When the [Help] is clicked, Help information appears. As well, when you click [Help], which appears when right-clicking a desired item, pop-up help for the item appears.

7-3 IP-1050

Page 130: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

[Save/Restore Setting]

When the [Save/Restore Setting] is clicked, a list to save the current settings or restore the previously saved settings appears.

Note

Refer to "How to look at the image view" on Page 7-52.

[Printer View]

When the [Printer View] is clicked, displays current Options settings for the printer.

[Restore Default]

When the [Restore Default] is clicked, the default values of the settings are restored.

7-4 IP-1050

Page 131: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.3 Combination of the function

When you select a function which causes a confliction with the settings al-ready configured, the message will be displayed

This is a confirmation message to decide which setting will be turned off. When this message is displayed, select the [Yes] or [No]. In case of [Yes], the conflict setting will be turned OFF.

7-5 IP-1050

Page 132: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.4 General tab

Enables printing a test page.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 7-1 about how to open the Property window.

Location

Enter the place where the printer is located. For example, “2nd floor”, “Room 101”, “Domain ABC” and so on.

Comment

Enter information about the printer. For example, “User: documentation team”, “Maintenance: 123-456-789”, and so on.

Printing Preference

Display the property window of the selected printer. You can change the set-ting of the printer driver with the property window.

Print Test Page

Print a test page of Windows. You can print a test page without using any application.

Note

For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

7-6 IP-1050

Page 133: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.5 Sharing tab

Performs share settings of a printer.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 7-1 about how to open the Property window.

Using this [Sharing] tab, you can make the printer available to network users.

Note

For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

7-7 IP-1050

Page 134: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.6 Ports tab

Performs settings related to ports.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 7-1 about how to open the Property window.

Add Port

Using this button, you can add a new port for Vendor-specific port monitor, TCP/IP or Unix printers (using the LPR port), and so on.

Delete Port

Delete the selected port from above list.

Configure Port

Using this button, you can configure the selected port from above list.

Enable bidirectional support

Get the seeings and status information from the print device.

Enable printer pooling

Enables printing to two or more identical print devices using with one logical printer.

Note

For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

7-8 IP-1050

Page 135: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.7 Advanced tab

Performs settings drivers, time-out and spooling.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 7-1 about how to open the Property window.

Always available / Available from

Configure the printer for 24 hours availability or limited availability.

Priority

Configure the priority of the current setting.

Driver

Display the installed printer driver name.

New Driver

Click to install a new or updated printer driver.

Spool print documents so program finishes printing faster

Set to spool the documents before printing.

Print directly to the printer

Set to print without suppling.

Hold mismatched documents

Set to hold the document which does not match to the printer setup.

Print spooled documents first

Set to print the spooled document irrespective of a priority settings.

7-9 IP-1050

Page 136: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Keep printed documents

Set to hold the spooled data of the documents after printing.

Enable advanced printing features

Enables the advanced printing features.

Note

For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

7.8 Color Management tab

Performs settings related to color management.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 7-1 about how to open the Property window.

It is not used in this printing system.

7-10 IP-1050

Page 137: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.9 Option tab

Performs settings of the printer options.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 7-1 about how to open the Property window.

Option - Paper Sources

Select an installed paper source.

Option - Multi Folder

Select an installed Multi Folder.

Option - Saddle-Stitcher

Select an installed Saddle Stitcher.

Option - Stacker

Select an installed Stacker.

Option - Stapler

Select an installed Stapler.

Option Information - Printer Name or IP Address

Enter the printer name for the printer or its IP address.

Option Information - Gather Option Information

Gather option information for the printer automatically.

Enhanced Security

Select to use the enhanced security mode.

7-11 IP-1050

Page 138: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.10 Setup tab

Performs basic settings of the printer.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 7-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Paper - Orientation

Set the orientation to output paper in [Portrait] or [Landscape].

The default is [Portrait].

Paper - Original Size

You can select a original size from the list shown by clicking [▼].

Document size that can be selected

12” x 18”

11” x 17”

8 1/2” x 14”

8 1/2” x 11”

8” x 13”

8 1/2” x 13”

8 1/4” x 13”

8 1/8” x 13 1/4”

5 1/2” x 8 1/2”

A3 297 x 420 mm

A4 210 x 297 mm

A5 148 x 210 mm

B4 250 x 364 mm

7-12 IP-1050

Page 139: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

The default is 8 1/2” x 11”.

Note

The paper with "F" at the end of the document size represents "Full-Breed".When [Custom Size Setting] is selected, it is possible to set and register the original size.

B5 182 x 257 mm

12" x 18F"

11" x 17F"

8 1/2" x 14F"

8 1/2" x 11F"

8" x 13F"

8 1/2" x 13F"

8 1/4" x 13F"

8 1/8" x 13 1/4F"

5 1/2" x 8 1/2F"

A3F 297 x 420 mm

A4F 210 x 297 mm

A5F 148 x 210 mm

B4F 250 x 354 mm

B5F 182 x 257 mm

8 1/2" x 11" Tab F

A4 Tab F

Custom Size Settings

Document size that can be selected

7-13 IP-1050

Page 140: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Paper - Output Size

You can select a paper size from the list shown by clicking [▼].

The default is Same as original size.

Note

The paper with "W" at the end of the document size represents "Wide pa-per".If there is no space for displaying "Wide" in the driver, it is replaced -->

Document size that can be selected

Same as Original size

12” x 18”

11” x 17”

8 1/2” x 14”

8 1/2” x 11”

8” x 13”

8 1/2” x 13”

8 1/4” x 13”

8 1/8” x 13 1/4”

5 1/2” x 8 1/2”

A3 297 x 420 mm

A4 210 x 297 mm

A5 148 x 210 mm

B4 250 x 364 mm

B5 182 x 257 mm

8 1/2” x 11” Tab

A4 Tab

12” x 18” Wide

11” x 17” Wide

8 1/2” x 11” Wide

5 1/2” x 8 1/2” Wide

A3 Wide

A4 Wide

A5 Wide

B4 Wide

B5 Wide

Custom Size Settings

Print Position Settings

7-14 IP-1050

Page 141: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

with "+".For example, 11" x 17"Wide--> 11" x 17" +.The paper size that can be used vary depending on print controller.When [Custom Size Settings] is selected, it is possible to set and register the original size.When [Print Position Settings] is selected, it is possible to set the print po-sition.

Custom Size Settings

When [custom size Settings] is selected from the [Original Size] or the [Out-put Size], [custom size Settings] dialog appears.

• List of Custom Size: Select from among 10 custom size of the paper.

• Custom Size Name: Edit the name of the custom size in the list above.

• Size-Width: Set the width of the selected custom size in the list (100-324 mm).

• Size-Length: Set the length of the selected custom size in the list for the current tray (140-460 mm).

• Size-Unit: Select the units for setting [Width] and [Length].

7-15 IP-1050

Page 142: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Print Position Settings

When [Print Position Settings] is selected from the [Output Size], [Print Posi-tion Settings] dialog appears.

• Top: Print using the top of the paper.

• Center: Print using the center of the paper.

• Bottom: Print using the bottom of the paper.

Paper - Zoom

Print by specifying the enlargement or reduction ratio in the range from 25% to 400%.

[Zoom] cannot be set in the following cases:• [Same as Original Size] is selected in [Setup]-[Output Size]

• [Combination] is available in [Setup] or [Special Functions] tab

Paper - Paper Sources

Select and set the paper tray to be used from the list. When [Auto] is set, the printer automatically selects and prints from a suitable paper tray.

The paper sizes that can be used vary depending on each tray. Care should be taken when selecting a tray.

Feed Tray paper size that can be used.

Tray 1 to Tray 2 12" x 18" / 11" x 17" / 8 1/2" x 14" / 8 1/2" x 11" / 8" x 13" / 8 1/2" x 13" / 8 1/4" x 13" / 8 1/8" x 13 1/4" / 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" / A3 / A4 / A5 / B4 / B5 / 8 1/2" x 11" Tab / A4 Tab / 12" x 18" Wide / 11" x 17" Wide / 8 1/2" x 11" Wide / 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" Wide / A3 Wide / A4 Wide / A5 Wide / B4 Wide / B5 Wide / Custom Size Settings / Print Position Settings

Tray 3 to Tray 5 (PF-701)

7-16 IP-1050

Administrator
The paper sizes that can be used vary depending on each tray. Care should be taken when selecting a tray.
Administrator
OK?
Page 143: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Paper Type Settings

When [Paper Type Settings] is pressed, [Paper Type Settings] dialog ap-pears.

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type

When select the paper source from the list and [Edit] is pressed, [Edit Paper Type] dialog appears.

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type - Paper Type

Set various types of paper sizes as the output paper as shown below.

Types of paper that can be selected.

No Setting

Plain Paper

Coated A This is set when printing coated paper such as pam-phlet.

Coated B This is set when printing thick paper such as a post card.

Fine This is set when printing fine paper such as memo paper.

7-17 IP-1050

Page 144: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

[Transparency] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Paper Sources] is not available in the [Option] tab.

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type - Paper Weight

Set various weights of paper as the output paper as shown below• No Setting

• 50-61g/m2

• 62-71g/m2

• 72-91g/m2

• 92-130g/m2

• 131-161g/m2

• 162-209g/m2

• 210-244g/m2

• 245-300g/m2

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type - Paper Color

Set various colors of paper as the output paper as shown below• No Setting

• White

• Clear

• Yellow

• Pink

• Blue

• Green

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type - Pre-Punched Paper

Set whether the paper as the output paper is pre-punched or not.

Book/News This is set when printing paper such as a book or newspaper.

Embossed This is set when printing embossed paper such as tickets.

User This is set when printing the user specified paper set on the copier.

Blank Insert This is set when printing blank paper such as cover sheet.

Transparency This is set when printing OHP sheet.

Types of paper that can be selected.

7-18 IP-1050

Page 145: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Transparency Interleave - Settings

• Printed: This is set when printing OHP sheet (printed).

• Blank: This is set when printing blank OHP sheet.

• Paper Source: It setup to use the paper tray for Transparency Interleave.

Binding - Binding Position

Set the binding position for the document to be printed. The position select-ed here will be the position of stapling, punching and base position of the im-age shift.

Binding - Print Type

Select the print type among Single Side, Double Sides and Booklet.

Single Side prints on one side of the paper.

Double Side prints on both sides of the paper.

Booklet prints on both sides of the paper and fold the paper. Booklet prints in order which every folded page appears in their original order when gath-ered at the end.

Binding - Combination

Print multiple pages onto a single sheet of the paper.

Binding - Combination - Details

When select the [Details] from the list of the [Combination], [Combination De-tails] dialog appears.

• Combination: Select the number of pages to be printed onto a single sheet.

• Order: Select the order of pages.

• Border: Select whether draw a frame or line as the border between pag-es.

Binding - File Margin

Shift the position to be printed according to the margin to be defined on the [File Margin Details] dialog.

7-19 IP-1050

Administrator
Transparency Interleaveがアクティブにならない?
Page 146: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Binding - File Margin - Details

When click the [Details], [File Margin Details] dialog appears.

• Front Side: Set the margin for the front side.

• Back Side: Set the margin for the back side.

• Shift Mode: Select the shift mode. [Parallel Shift] shifts the image parallel. [Auto Reduction] shifts the image parallel and reduce an image when printed beyond the edges of paper.

• Save value for front and back sides

Select to use the same margin for the front and back sides.

7-20 IP-1050

Page 147: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Binding - Staple

Staple output paper. The number of staplings and their positions can be set.

The selectable position will be changed according with the [Binding Position] setting.

[Staple] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Stapler] is not available in [Options] tab.

• When [Default] or [Stapler] is not selected in [Setup] tab - [Output Tray].

• When the other than [Z-fold] is selected in [Special Function] tab - [Fold].

• When [Booklet] is selected in [Setup] tab - [Print Type].

Binding - Hole-Punch

The output paper can be set to be punched with 2 holes, 3 holes or 4 holes.

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

1 Staple /Left Binding

(Portrait)

1 Staple /Top Binding

(Portrait)

ABCD

2 Staples /Top Binding

(Portrait)

1 Staple /Right Binding

(Portrait)

2 Staples /Right Binding

(Portrait)2 Staples /Left Binding

(Portrait)

7-21 IP-1050

Page 148: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

The position will be changed according with the [Binding Position] setting.

[Hole-Punch] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Multi Folder] is not available in [Options] tab.

• When the other than [Z-fold] is selected in [Special Function] tab - [Fold].

• When [Booklet] is selected in [Setup] tab - [Print Type].

Binding - Center Staple and Fold

Fold the paper into half and staple at the center of the output paper on the folded line.

[Center Staple and Fold] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Saddle-Stitcher] is not available in [Options] tab.

• When the other than [Multi Center Fold] is selected in [Special Function] tab - [Fold].

• When [Booklet] is not selected in [Setup] tab - [Print Type].

2 Holes / Left Binding

(Portrait)

2 Holes / Left Binding

(Landscape)

2 Holes / Right Binding

(Landscape)

2 Holes / Right Binding

(Portrait)

ABCD ABCD

2 Holes / Top Binding

(Portrait)

2 Holes / Top Binding

(Landscape)

ABCD

ABCDEF ABCDEF

ABCDEF

7-22 IP-1050

Page 149: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Binding - Trim

Cuts the edges of the output paper which is center-folded or saddle stitched.

[Trim] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Saddle-Stitcher] is not available in [Options] tab.

• When the other than [Multi Center Fold] is selected in [Special Functions] tab - [Fold].

• When [Booklet] is not selected in [Setup] tab - [Print Type].

Output - Output Method - Print

Set the normal printing.

Output - Output Method - Secure Print

If you use the Secure Print feature, printing becomes unavailable until you in-put the Secure Print ID and the password on the copier's control panel.

To perform the Secure Print, you need to configure the settings for Confiden-tial output on the copier. For more information on the Confidential output, re-fer to "User’s Guide (Network Scanner)".

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Click [Properties] to open [Printing Preferences] window.

3 Select the [Secure Print] in the [Output Method].

4 Enter the [Secure Print ID] and [Password].- Secure Print ID: Enter the confidential box

name.

- Password: Enter the password.

5 Click the [OK].

6 Click the [OK] to close the [Printing Preferences] window.

7 Click the [Print] to perform printing from the application.

8 Select the [RECALL] tab on the control panel of the copier.

7-23 IP-1050

Page 150: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

9 Press [Confidential].

10 Select a box and press the [OK].Password Input screen appears.

11 Enter the [Password].

12 Press the [OK] to close Password Input screen.

13 Select the file to print and press [>>>].

14 Select [Auto Output] and press the [OK].Confidential file is printed.

DETAILS

To confirm the settings for Confiden-tial Output, select the [Wait Output] or [Proof Output], and press the [OK].For more information, refer to "User’s Guide (Network Scanner)”.

7-24 IP-1050

Page 151: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Output - Output Method - Save in User Box/Save in User Box and Print

You can store the print job as image data in the copier's internal hard disk to re-output them when necessary.To output, use PageScope Job Spooler.

DETAILS

For more information on PageScope Job Spooler, refer to "PageScope Job Spooler User's Guide".

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Click [Properties] to open [Printing Preferences] window.

3 Select the [Save in User Box] or [Save in User Box and Print] in the [Output Method].- Selecting [Save in User Box] stores the print job in the internal hard

disk.

- Selecting [Save in User Box and Print] stores the print job in the in-ternal hard disk and prints one copy.

4 Enter the [File Name] and [User Box Number] and click the [OK].

5 Click the [OK] to close the [Printing Preferences] window.

6 Click the [Print] to perform printing from the application

DETAILS

To output, use PageScope Job Spooler.For more information on PageScope Job Spooler, refer to "PageScope Job Spooler User's Guide".

7-25 IP-1050

Page 152: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Output - Output Method - Wait Mode/Proof and Print

Check test printing output and check current setting from the control panel of copier. Use this when printing a large volume, such as multiple sets of pages.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Click [Properties] to open [Printing Preferences] window.

3 Select the [Wait Mode] or [Proof and Print] in the [Output Method].

4 Click the [OK] to close the [Printing Preferences] window.

5 Click the [Print] to perform printing from the application.- When [Wait Mode] is selected, it stops without being printed.

- When [Proof Print] is selected, only one part is printed and it stops.

On the copier's control panel, the Check Mode screen appears.

- When the Check Mode screen is not displayed, press the [MA-CHINE] tab.

6 Confirm the current settings.If you do not change any setting, proceed to the step 9.

7 If necessary, press the [Change] to change settings.

8 Change the settings and press the [OK].The [MACHINE] tab appears.

9 Press [START] to resume the rest of the print job.

Output - Copies

Set the number of copies to be printed.

7-26 IP-1050

Page 153: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Output - Output Tray

Set [Main Tray], [Multi Folder Sub Tray], [Saddle Stitcher Sub Tray], [Stapler Main Tray], or [Stapler Sub Tray] as [Output Tray].

Each of them can/cannot be set in the following cases:• To set the other than [Main Tray] need to be selected on the [Option] tab,

respectively.

• [Main Tray] can be set when no option is selected in the [Option] tab.

• When [Staple] is available in [Setup] tab, the other than [Default] and [Sta-pler Main Tray] cannot be set.

Output - Output Order

Change the output order.

[Face Down] outputs paper with the printed side facing down.

[Face Up] outputs paper with the printed side facing up.

“(1 to N)” means to output paper starting with the first page.

“(N to 1)” means to output paper starting with the last page.

Output - Collate

Print the first one set of copies in one lot, and then the second set of copies, the third set of copies, ...., when printing multiple sets of pages.

Output - Offset

Output with copies shifted in a unit of the number of copies or page group to this side and the opposite side at the eject position when printing multiple sets of copies.

7-27 IP-1050

Page 154: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Output - Skip Blank Page

Does not print the blank pages.

Reminder!

Blank pages might be printed out even if this is set, depending on the data in the document.

[Skip Blank Page] cannot be set in the following cases:• [Combination] is available in [Setup] or [Special Functions] tab

Output - Authentication/Volume Track (E.K.C)

Set the Authentication mode/Volume Track (E.K.C).

DETAILS

Contact your administrator about Authentication/Volume Track (E.K.C).When the [Authentication/Volume Track (E.K.C)] is clicked, the [Authentica-tion/Volume Track (E.K.C)] dialog appears.

Authentication

Select to use the Authentication mode.

• Public User: Select when you access as Public user to the print controller.

• Recipient User: Select when you access as Recipient user to the print controller.

• User Name: Enter the Recipient User Name when the [Recipient User] is selected.

• Password: Enter the Recipient Password when the [Recipient User] is se-lected.

7-28 IP-1050

Page 155: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Volume Track (E.K.C)

Select to use the Volume Track (E.K.C) mode.

• Department Name: Enter the Department Name.

• Password: Enter the password.

7-29 IP-1050

Page 156: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.11 Per Page Setting tab

Set a cover for which paper is different than the text paper.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 7-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

[Front Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Collate] is not available in [Setup] tab

Front Cover Page

Set a front cover for which paper is different than the text paper.

When [Blank] is selected, nothing is printed on the front cover.

When [Printed] is selected, the front cover is also printed.

Front Cover Page - Paper Source

Specify the paper tray for the front cover.

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCD

Front Cover - Off Front Cover

- Blank

Front Cover

- Printed

7-30 IP-1050

Page 157: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Back Cover Page

Set a back cover for which paper is different than the text paper.

When [Blank] is selected, nothing is printed on the back cover.

When [Printed] is selected, the back cover is also printed.

Back Cover Page - Paper Source

Specify the paper tray for the back cover.

PI Cover Sheet - PI Front Cover

Set a front cover for which paper is from the PI Tray 1 or PI Tray 2.

[PI Cover Sheet] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Multi Folder] is not selected in the [Option] tab.

PI Cover Sheet - PI Back Cover

Set a back cover for which paper is from the PI Tray 1 or PI Tray 2.

[PI Cover Sheet] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Multi Folder] is not selected in the [Option] tab.

7-31 IP-1050

Page 158: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Chapter - Page Number

For the PCL printer driver, print a specific page so that it comes on the front, when printing on [Duplex] or [Booklet].

Multiple page numbers can be entered. When entering multiple page num-bers, use commas to separate them as in this example: [2,4,6]. A range can be specified with a hyphen as in this example: [6-10].

[Chapter] cannot be set in the following cases:• [Single Side] is selected in the [Setup] tab - [Print Type].

• When [Multi Folder] is not selected in the [Option] tab.

• When [Fold] check box is ON in [Special Functions] tab.

Per Page Setting

Set the specified pages to change [Print Type], [Paper Source], [Staple] and/or [Hole-Punch] settings and to use Tab Paper.

Per Page Setting - List Name

Each Per Page Setting can be saved as a list.

Select the list name from the list.

Per Page Setting - Edit List Name

Change the list name.

Regular duplex printing

Duplex printing when edited by chapter

If a page specified as an opening page of a

chapter comes to a back side, the back

side becomes a blank page, and the

specified page will silide to the next

Regular pamphlet printing

Pamphlet printing when edited

by chapter

If a page specified as an opening

page of a chapter does not come

to the first page, a blank page is

inserted, and the specified page

will slide to the first page(front

side) of the next paper.

The example is long-side folded, but duplex printing can

also be done with short-side folded documents.

Example: page 4 is the opening

page of a chapter.

A specified page

Page 1 is printed

This is the front side

7-32 IP-1050

Page 159: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

When click this button, the [Edit List Name] dialog appears.

• List Name: Enter the list name.

Per Page Setting - Hole-Punch Settings

Set to use punch in the Per Page Settings.

When click this button, the [Hole-Punch Settings] dialog appears.

• Hole-Punch: Set the number of holes to be punched.

7-33 IP-1050

Page 160: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Per Page Setting - Add

Add Per Page Setting.

When click this button, the [Per Page Setting] dialog appears.

• Page Number: Enter the page number which page you set the Per Page Settings (1 to 9999). Multiple page numbers can be entered. When enter-ing multiple page numbers, use commas to separate them as in this ex-ample: [2,4,6]. A range can be specified with a hyphen as in this example: [6-10].

• Print Type: Configure the print type to be set as the Per Page Settings.

• Paper Source: Configure the paper source to be set as the Per Page Set-tings.

• Staple: Configure the stapling to be set as the Per Page Settings.

• Finish Stapling: Specify the last page to be stapled.

• Hole-Punch: Configure the punch to be set as the Per Page Settings.

• Use Tab Paper: Select to use tab paper to be set as the Per Page Set-tings. This can not be set when [Same as Body] is selected in the [Paper Source] of the [Per Page Setting] dialog.

• Text on Tab: Enter the text to be printed on the Tab paper.

• Details: When this button is clicked, the [Tab Text Details] dialog appears. You can configure the orientation, position, font name, font type, and font size for the tab text.

• Tab position: Select the tab position.

Per Page Setting - Edit

Edit Per Page Setting.

When select the Per Page Setting from the list and click this button, the [Per Page Setting] dialog above mentioned appears.

7-34 IP-1050

Page 161: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Per Page Setting - Delete

Delete Per Page Setting.

When select the Per Page Setting from the list and click this button, the se-lected setting is deleted.

Per Page Setting - Tab Paper Settings

By clicking the [Tab Paper Settings], the [Tab Paper Settings] window is dis-played.

In the [Tab Paper Settings] Window, header characters and other details can be set for the tab sheet.

• Paper - Size: Select the tab paper size.

• Number of Tabs: Select the number of tabs.

• Position Adjustment - Space Above: Set the top space above the first tab.

• Position Adjustment - Space Below: Set the top space under the last tab.

• Position Adjustment - Gap: Set the space between each tab.

• Position Adjustment - Text Position: Set the text position in each tab.

7-35 IP-1050

Page 162: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.12 Special Functions tab

Configure the special functions of the print controller.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 7-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Special Functions - Combination (No Reduction)

[2 in 1] setting is available which prints out two page data on one sheet of paper. Two page data is printed out on a sheet of paper twice as large as the selected size of paper.

[Combination (No Reduction)] cannot be set in the following cases:• When the following paper is selected in [Setup] tab -[Output Size].

A3, B4, B5, 12" x 18", 11" x 17", 8.5" x 14", 8" x 13", 8.5" x 13", 8.25" x 13", 8.125" x 13.25", A3W, B4W, 12" x 18"Wide, 11" x 17"Wide, 8.5" x 14"Wide, 8.5" x 11"Wide, 8" x 13"Wide, 8.5" x 13"Wide, 8.25" x 13"Wide, 8.125" x 13.25"Wide, 5.5" x 8.5"Wide, A4 Tabstock, 8.5" x 11" Tabstock,

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

2

2 in 1

2 Repeat

Example: 2 A4 size papers are aggregated on 1 A3 size paper.

7-36 IP-1050

Page 163: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Custom Settings, Print Position Settings

• When [Chapter] is available in [Per Page Setting] tab

• When [Skip Blank Pages] is selected in [Setup] tab

7-37 IP-1050

Page 164: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Special Functions - Fold

Various ways of breaking can be setup.

[Fold] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Chapter] is available in [Per Page Setting] tab

• When [Multi Folder] is not selected in the [Option] tab.

Z-fold

Half Fold in

Half Fold Out

Letter Fold in

Letter Fold Out

Zigzag Fold in

Zigzag Fold Out

Double Parallel Fold in

Double Parallel Fold Out

Gate Fold in

Gate Fold Out

Multi-Letter Fold in

Multi-Letter Fold Out

Multi-Half Fold

7-38 IP-1050

Page 165: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Special Functions - Image Shift (Extension)

Adjust the details of the printing position to the output paper.

Settings

When click this button, the [Image Shift Settings] dialog appears.

• Switch Setup: It specifies whether the Image Shift sets up by the driver side or the printer side.

• Font Side: Set the shift amount for the front side.

• Back Side: Set the shift amount for the back side.

• Back Side Auto Setup: Set the amount of the back side as that of front side.

Divide Output

Repeat to staple and/or fold for every number of pages specified.

7-39 IP-1050

Page 166: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Page per Section

When [Divide Output] is selected, you can set the number of pages for re-peating the function.

Adhesive Binding

Select when doing adhesive binding using an adhesive binder.

Normally, used together with the [Half Fold Out] setting.

Pile Permission

When another printed document remains in Stacker, give the permission to stack the output.

7-40 IP-1050

Page 167: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.13 Overlay tab

Performs settings related to Symbol, Shade, Size, and Position of Form Overlay.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 7-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Overlay - None

Select to print without Overlay.

Overlay - Print Overlay

Select to print all pages of the document with specified Overlay.

Check Before Printing

Set to display a dialog for confirmation before printing with Overlay.

Overlay - Create Overlay

Select to specify the filename for using as Overlay.

Delete Overlay FIle

Delete Overlay previously created.

Folder

Display the place of the file selected for Overlay.

File Name

Display the file name of the selected for Overlay.

7-41 IP-1050

Page 168: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Browse File

When you click the [Browse File], the [Print Overlay File] dialog box will ap-pear. Select a suitable kmf file for the overlay from your system’s directories and click the [OK] to load the kmf file.

To create overlay

For creating overlays, perform the following procedure.

1 Create an overlay with the application in use.

2 Select [Print] from the [File] menu.The selected menu may differ depending on the application used.

3 Select [KONICA MINOLTA xxxx PCL].“xxxx” indicates the model name of your copier.

4 Click [Properties].

5 Click the [Overlay] tab.

6 Select [Create Overlay] and click [Browse Files].

7 Input the file name in [File Name].- Use “kmf” as the extension.

8 Click [Save].The [Create Overlay] dialog box closes.

9 Click [OK] to create the overlay.The [Properties] dialog box closes.

10 Click [OK] and create the overlay.The overlay data is stored.

7-42 IP-1050

Page 169: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Overlay Printing Procedure

When printing overlays, perform the following procedure.

1 Select [Print] from the [File] menu.The selected menu may differ depending on the application used.

2 Select [KONICA MINOLTA xxxx PCL].“xxxx” indicates the model name of your copier.

3 Click [Properties].

4 Click the [Overlay] tab.

5 Click the [Print Overlay] and select file to be printed from list.

6 Click [OK].The [Properties] dialog box closes.

7 Click [OK] and print the overlay.Along with the overlay data the document to be printed is printed on top of the overlay data.

- Select [Overlay], [None] after printing has been completed.

7-43 IP-1050

Page 170: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.14 Watermark tab

Performs settings related to definitions of Watermark.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 7-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Watermark

This check box is ON, Watermark function is available.

Watermark - Pull down menu

By clicking the [▼], watermark list appears.

Watermark - Edit

By clicking the [Edit], [Edit Watermark] window appears.

7-44 IP-1050

Page 171: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Add

When the [Add] is clicked, blank appears in the [Current Watermark].

Input the new watermark text in the [Watermark Text], new watermark text appears in the [Current Watermark].

Delete

Click this to delete the current watermark.

Watermark Text

Select the text to be printed as a watermark from the list shown by clicking the [▼].

Font Settings - Font Name

You can select only one font per watermark from the list shown by clicking the [▼].

Font Settings - Style

You can select style from the list shown by clicking the [▼].• When [Regular] is selected, normal formatting will be applied to your se-

lected watermark text.

• When [Bold] is selected, bold formatting will be applied to your selected watermark text.

• When [Italic] is selected, italic formatting will be applied to your selected watermark text.

• When [Bold Italic] is selected, bold italic formatting will be applied to your selected watermark text.

Font Settings - Size

Select a point size for the font to be used in your watermark by clicking the [▼] or [▲] or by directly entering the size from the keyboard.

Text Angle - Degrees

Control the “lean” angle of the watermark by sliding this control back and forth or by typing a number in the text value box from -90 degrees to 90 de-grees (a full circle all the way around).

Position

Control the position of the watermark on the page and let the driver position it for you.

Center

Return the position of the Current Watermark to the center of the paper.

7-45 IP-1050

Page 172: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Text Density

You can control the “density” of the watermark text with this slider. If you slide this to the right, the “density” of the watermark text will be more dense. If you slide this to the left, it will be less dense.

Watermark - Type

Overwrite

Print the Watermark on top of the document text. The printed text under the Watermark will be obscured.

Transparent

Print the Watermark transparently on the top of the document text.

Watermark - 1st Page Only

Check to print the Watermark on the first page only.

Date/Time - Page to Print

Specify the pages to print the date and time.

All pages: Date/Time is printed in the all pages.

Front Cover Only: Date/Time is printed in the front cover only.

Page Number - Pages to Print

Specify the pages to print the page numbers.

All pages: Page number is printed in the all pages.

Not Front Cover :Page number is printed except front cover.

Not Front/Back Cover(s):Page number is printed except front/back cover.

Page Number - Start Page

Specify the first page to print the page numbers.

Page Number - Starting Number

Specify the initial page number to print.

Distribution Number Stamping - Type

Specify the type of the copy number to print.

Distribution Number Stamping - Pages to Print

Specify the pages to print the copy number.

Distribution Number Stamping - Starting Number

Specify the initial copy number to print.

7-46 IP-1050

Page 173: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.15 Quality tab

Performs settings related to Halftones, Brightness and Contrast.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 7-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Print with Black - Text and Graphics

Turning on the [Text and Graphics] allows you to print colored characters and lines, and graphics clearly in black.

Print with Black - All

Turning on the [All] allows you to print all objects including image data such as picture image excepting white areas clearly in black.

Pattern - Fine

[Fine] prints image with finely detailed pattern (error diffusion).

Pattern - Coarse

[Coarse] prints image with a coarse pattern (dither algorithm).

Print Density

When the PCL printer driver is used, it is possible to set a printing density.

Toner Save

Save the consumption of toner by controlling printing density, when this printing system is used.

Draft Print

Print lightly for draft documents.

7-47 IP-1050

Page 174: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Smoothing

Print the curved section of characters and images smoothly, when this print-ing system is used.

• [Type 1] is suitable for the handling of the diagonal lines of normal char-acters and graphics.

• [Type 2] is suitable for the handling of the curved sections of normal char-acters.

• [Type 3] is suitable for the handling of the curved sections of ornamental writings and fine characters.

• When [None] is selected, no smoothing operation is made.

Smoothing

7-48 IP-1050

Page 175: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.16 Font tab

Performs settings of fonts for printing.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 7-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Use Printer Font

This printing system allows you to replace the TrueType fonts with printer fonts while in printing. It is also possible to transmit detailed information con-cerning the replacement of fonts.

Caution

• Using the printer font gets print data smaller. And there may occur dis-crepancy between the display on the screen and the results of printing due to the replacement of fonts.

• The TrueType fonts used to display the Windows screen are sent directly to the printer for each font data to be handled while in normal printing. Therefore, the same printing results as displayed on the screen can be obtained.

• When the printer fonts (those contained in the printer) are used, it is pos-sible to send only character codes to the printer for a high speed printing. On this occasion, printing may not always be made as displayed on the screen. However, since the quantity of data sent to the printer is smaller, it is possible to make a high speed printing.

7-49 IP-1050

Page 176: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Use Printer Font - TrueType Font Substitution Table

Display the substitution settings of the True Type Font which is set to substi-tute with the built-in printer fonts.

Use Printer Font - Font Substitution Settings

Select the substitution printer fonts for the True Type Font selected from the list above.

Download Font Format

Select the font format to be downloaded to the printer (Outline or BMP).

7-50 IP-1050

Page 177: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.17 Version tab

Check the printer driver version from the [Properties] window.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 7-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Display the version of the current printer driver.

7-51 IP-1050

Page 178: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

7.18 How to look at the image view

What has been set in the print can be confirmed by means of the image view on the right.

Save/Restore Setting

When this is clicked, the following menu appears.

<Basic Operation> - Save Setting

When this is selected, the [Save Setting] window appears.

• Name: Enter the file name to save the current printer settings.

• Comment: Enter the information of the current printer settings.

7-52 IP-1050

Page 179: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

• Browse: Specify the folder where the file is saved.

Restore Saved Setting

When this is selected, the [Restore Setting] window appears.

• Library: Select the name of the settings.

• Detailed Restore Settings: When this is clicked, the [Detailed Restore Settings] dialog appears. Select the restore items in the [Detailed Restore Settings] dialog.

Edit Library

When this is selected, the [Edit Library] window appears.

• Library: Select the name of the settings.

• Delete: Delete the selected settings from the list above.

• Save Setting File in Library: Click to save the selected settings from the list.

7-53 IP-1050

Page 180: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

Detailed Restore Settings

When this is selected, the [Detailed Restore Setting] window appears.

Select the restore items in the [Detailed Restore Settings] dialog.

The function set up is displayed on view area. The sample of images is shown in the following tables.

Image View What is set Image Sample

Paper view

• Orientation

• Zoom

• N-Up

• 2in1/Booklet

• Staple/Punch

• Duplex

Printer view

• CopierMain/Op-tion

• Paper Sources

• Output Tray

7-54 IP-1050

Page 181: Printer User Guide

7 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)

DETAILS

Refer to the HELP for more information about Icon view.

Icon view

• Cover/Front Cover Page/Back Cover Page/Per Page Setting

• Watermark

• Secure Print/Wait Mode

• Image Shift

Image View What is set Image Sample

7-55 IP-1050

Page 182: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

This chapter describes the settings of the PS3 printer driver. For settings, use the Properties window.

8.1 About Properties window

This chapter explains the setting PS3 printer driver with Properties window of Windows XP.

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS.

How to open the printing preference window differs depending on the OS in use.

Windows 98/Me

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows NT4.0/2000

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Properties] .

Windows XP

Select [Start]-[Printers and Faxes] to open the [Printers and Faxes] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows 98/Me

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows NT4.0

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Document Defaults].

Windows 2000

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Printing Preference].

Windows XP

Select [Start]-[Printers and Faxes] to open the [Printers and Faxes] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Printing Preference].

8-1 IP-1050

Page 183: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

8.1.1 Properties window

You have two ways of selecting or changing settings through the printer driv-er.

How to setup in the Properties window of a Printers and Faxes window

Settings made in the [Properties] of the [Printers and Faxes] folder are ef-fective when getting printouts, whatever the application.

How to setup with application, whenever it prints

Settings made in the [Properties] which appears on clicking the [Property] button of the [Print] window displayed by the printing command of the appli-cation are available within you use the application.

Caution

• This manual describes using the printer window of Windows XP. A prop-erties window may differ from the window displayed by the printing com-mand of application a little.

8-2 IP-1050

Page 184: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

8.2 About button

A button common to each tab of a properties window is shown below.

[OK]

When the [OK] is clicked, all tab settings are saved with the close of the prop-erties window.

[Cancel]

When the [Cancel] is clicked, all tab settings are canceled with the close of the properties window.

[Apply]

When the [Apply] is clicked, the present tab settings are saved. This button is used when settings continue to be performed by using other tabs, and the present tab settings are registered before using other tabs.

8-3 IP-1050

Page 185: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

8.3 Combination of the function

When you select a function which causes a confliction with the settings al-ready configured, the message will be displayed.

This is a confirmation message to decide whether restore the previous set-tings or keep the settings. When this message is displayed, select the [Re-solve all conflicts for me automatically] or [I will resolve the conflict myself]. In case of [Resolve all conflicts for me automatically], the previous setting will be turned OFF.

8-4 IP-1050

Page 186: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

8.4 General tab

Enables printing a test page.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the Property window.

Location

Enter the place where the printer is located. For example, “2nd floor”, “Room 101”, “Domain ABC” and so on.

Comment

Enter information about the printer. For example, “User: documentation team”, “Maintenance: 123-456-789”, and so on.

Printing Preference

Display the property window of the selected printer. You can change the set-ting of the printer driver with the property window.

Print Test Page

Print a test page of Windows. You can print a test page without using any application.

Note

For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

8-5 IP-1050

Page 187: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

8.5 Sharing tag

Performs share settings of a printer.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the Property window.

Using this [Sharing] tab, you can make the printer available to network users.

Note

For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

8-6 IP-1050

Page 188: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

8.6 Ports tab

Performs settings related to ports.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the Property window.

Add Port

Using this button, you can add a new port for Vendor-specific port monitor, TCP/IP or Unix printers (using the LPR port), and so on.

Delete Port

Delete the selected port from above list.

Configure Port

Using this button, you can configure the selected port from above list.

Enable bidirectional support

Get the seeings and status information from the print device.

Enable printer pooling

Enables printing to two or more identical print devices using with one logical printer.

DETAILS

For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

8-7 IP-1050

Page 189: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

8.7 Advanced tab

Performs settings drivers, time-out and spooling.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the Property window.

Always available / Available from

Configure the printer for 24 hours availability or limited availability.

Priority

Configure the priority of the current setting.

Driver

Display the installed printer driver name.

New Driver

Click to install a new or updated printer driver.

Spool print documents so program finishes printing faster

Set to spool the documents before printing.

Print directly to the printer

Set to print without suppling.

Hold mismatched documents

Set to hold the document which does not match to the printer setup.

8-8 IP-1050

Page 190: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Print spooled documents first

Set to print the spooled document irrespective of a priority settings.

Keep printed documents

Set to hold the spooled data of the documents after printing.

Enable advanced printing features

Enables the advanced printing features.

DETAILS

For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

8-9 IP-1050

Page 191: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

8.8 Device Settings tab

Performs settings of PostScript and the options of the printer.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the Property window.

From To Tray Assignment

Select the paper size to print for every Tray.

Document size that can be selected

11” x 17”

11” x 17” Wide

12” x 18”

12” x 18” Wide

16K

5 1/2” x 8 1/2”

5 1/2” x 8 1/2” Wide

8 1/2” x 11”

8 1/2” x 11 Tab”

8 1/2” x 11” Wide

8 1/2” x 13”

8 1/2” x 14”

8 1/4” x 13”

8-10 IP-1050

Page 192: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

The default is 8 1/2" x 11".

Font Substitution Table

Select to substitute with printer fonts for the True Type Font or not to substi-tute.

Available PostScript Memory

Display the available PostScript memory. For more information, refer to the Adobe PS User’s Guide.

Output Protocol

Select the output protocol. For more information, refer to the Adobe PS Us-er’s Guide.

Send CTRL-D Before Each Job

Select to send a [Ctrl-D] signal to the printer to notify before the print job or not to send. For more information, refer to the Adobe PS User’s Guide.

Send CTRL-D After Each Job

Select to send a [Ctrl-D] signal to the printer to notify before the print job or not to send. For more information, refer to the Adobe PS User’s Guide.

Job Timeout

Specify a maximum length of time in seconds available for the printer to complete a single print job. For more information, refer to the manual of the Adobe PostScript 3.

8 1/8” x 13 1/4”

8K

8” x 13”

A3 297 x 420 mm

A3 Wide

A4 210 x 297 mm

A4 Tab

A4 Wide

A5 148 x 210 mm

A5 Wide

B4 250 x 364 mm

B4 Wide

B5 182 x 257 mm

B5 Wide

Japanese Postcard

Document size that can be selected

8-11 IP-1050

Page 193: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Wait Timeout

Specify a maximum length of time in seconds during which the printer waits for print data to be fed in from the computer during the printing process. For more information, refer to the Adobe PS User’s Guide.

Maximum Font Size to Download as Outline

Specify a maximum font size to download as outline. For more information, refer to the Adobe PS User’s Guide.

Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap

Specify a maximum font size to download as bitmap. For more information, refer to the Adobe PS User’s Guide.

Installable Option

In this printing system, the following options are installable.Stapler None / FS-503Saddle Stitcher None / SD-501Stacker 1 None / LS-501Stacker 2 None / LS-501 (Two-Linked) / LS-502Multi Folder None / FD-501(2/3 Hole Type)

FD-501(2/4 Hole Type)Paper Sources None / PF-701

8-12 IP-1050

Page 194: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

8.9 Layout tab

Performs settings of the layout.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Orientation

Set the orientation to output paper in [Portrait], [Landscape] or [Rotated Landscape].

Page Order

Select the output order.

[Front to Back] outputs paper starting with the first page.

[Back to Front] outputs paper starting with the last page.

8-13 IP-1050

Page 195: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Pages Per Sheet

Allocate a document of 1 page, 2 pages, 4 pages, 6 pages, 9 pages or 16 pages onto a single page for printing. The allocated pages are automatically reduced for printing based on the printable region of the output paper.

Advanced

Open the [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P) Advanced Options] window. For more information, refer to "Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17.

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD

2 in 1 4 in 1 6 in 1

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

8 in 1 9 in 1 16 in 1

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

8-14 IP-1050

Page 196: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

8.10 Paper/Quality tab

Performs settings of the paper and quality.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Paper Source

Select and set the paper tray to be used from the list. When [Automatically Select] is set, the printer automatically selects and prints from a suitable pa-per tray.

The paper sizes that can be used vary depending on each tray. Care should be taken when selecting a tray.

Feed Tray paper size that can be used.

Tray 1 to Tray 2 11" x 17" / 11" x 17"Wide/ 12" x 18" /12" x 18" Wide / 16K / 5 1/2" x 8 1/2"/ 5 1/2" x 8 1/2"Wide / 8 1/2" x 11" / 8 1/2" x 11 Tab" / 8 1/2" x 11"Wide / 8 1/2" x 13" / 8 1/2" x 14" / 8 1/4" x 13" / 8 1/8" x 13 1/4" / 8K / 8" x 13" / A3 / A3 Wide / A4 / A4 Tab / A4 Wide / A5 / A5 Wide / B4 / B4 Wide / B5 / B5 Wide / Japanese Postcard

Tray 3 to Tray 5 (PF-701)

8-15 IP-1050

Administrator
The paper sizes that can be used vary depending on each tray. Care should be taken when selecting a tray.
Administrator
OK?
Page 197: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Media

Select the type of paper as the output paper as shown below.

[Transparency] cannot be set in the following cases:• When any item other than [OFF] is selected for the [Advanced Options] -

[Duplex], [Fold], [Staple], [Punch], [Combination], [Front Cover Page], [Back Cover Page].

Advanced

Open the [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS(P) Advanced Options] window. For more information, refer to "Advanced Options windows" on Page 8-17.

Types of paper that can be selected.

No Setting

Plain paper

Coated A This is set when printing coated paper such as pam-phlet.

Coated B This is set when printing thick paper such as a post card.

Fine This is set when printing fine paper such as memo paper.

Book/News This is set when printing paper such as a book or newspaper.

Embossed This is set when printing embossed paper such as tickets.

User This is set when printing the user specified paper set on the copier.

Blank Insert This is set when printing blank paper such as cover sheet.

Transparency This is set when printing OHP sheet.

8-16 IP-1050

Page 198: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

8.11 Advanced Options windows

Performs advanced settings of the printer.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Paper/Output - Paper Size

You can select a paper size from the list shown by clicking [▼].

Document size that can be selected

11” x 17”

11” x 17” Wide

12” x 18”

12” x 18” Wide

16K

5 1/2” x 8 1/2”

5 1/2” x 8 1/2” Wide

8 1/2” x 11”

8 1/2” x 11 Tab”

8 1/2” x 11” Wide

8 1/2” x 13”

8 1/2” x 14”

8 1/4” x 13”

8 1/8” x 13 1/4”

8-17 IP-1050

Page 199: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Note

The paper with "Wide" at the end of the document size represents "Wide paper".

Paper/Output - Copy Count

Set the number of copies to be printed.

Paper/Output - Copy Count - Collate

Print the first one set of copies in one lot, and then the second set of copies, the third set of copies, ...., when printing multiple sets of pages.

Graphic - Scaling

Print by specifying the enlargement or reduction ratio in the range from 25% to 400%.

8K

8” x 13”

A3 297 x 420 mm

A3 Wide

A4 210 x 297 mm

A4 Tab

A4 Wide

A5 148 x 210 mm

A5 Wide

B4 250 x 364 mm

B4 Wide

B5 182 x 257 mm

B5 Wide

Japanese Postcard

Document size that can be selected

8-18 IP-1050

Page 200: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Graphic - True Type Font

Select to substitute with printer fonts for the True Type Font or to download as Softfont.

Document Options - Advanced Printing Features

Refer to the Adobe PS User’s Guide.

Document Options - PostScript Options

Refer to the Adobe PS User’s Guide.

Document Options - Printer Features

Offset

Output with copies shifted in a unit of the number of copies or page group to this side and the opposite side at the eject position when printing multiple sets of copies.

Print Position

Select the print position. [Top] print using the top of the paper. [Center] print using the center of the paper. [Bottom] print using the bottom of the paper.

Paper Weight

Select the weights of paper as the output paper as shown below:• No Setting

• 50-61g/m2

• 62-71g/m2

• 72-91g/m2

• 92-130g/m2

• 131-161g/m2

• 162-209g/m2

• 210-244g/m2

• 245-300g/m2

ABCDABCDABCD

ABCDABCDABCD

ABCDABCDABCD

Offset Copies

8-19 IP-1050

Page 201: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Paper Color

Select the colors of paper as the output paper as shown below:• No Setting

• White

• Clear

• Yellow

• Pink

• Blue

• Green

Pre-Punched Paper

Select whether the paper as the output paper is pre-punched or not.

Output Tray

Select the output tray.

Each of them can/cannot be set in the following cases:• Each options which is not selected on the [Device Settings] tab cannot

be set.

• When [Staple] is available, any item other than [Auto] and [Stapler Main Tray] can not be set.

Output Order

Select the output order.

[Face Down] outputs paper with the printed side facing down.

[Face Up] outputs paper with the printed side facing up.

Image order

Select the image order.

[1 to N] outputs paper starting with the first page.

[N to 1] outputs paper starting with the last page.

Pile Permission

Set the Pile Permission to gIve the permission to stack the output when an-other printed document remains in Stacker.

Binding

Set the binding position for the document to be printed. The position select-ed here will be the position of stapling, punching and base position of the im-age shift.

8-20 IP-1050

Page 202: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Duplex

Print continuous multiple pages on both front and back sides.

[Duplex] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Transparency] is selected in [Paper/Quality] tab - [Media]

Combination

Print a document of 2 pages onto a single paper twice as big as a paper set in the output paper.

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

2

2 in 1

Booklet

2 Repeat

Example: 2 A4 size papers are aggregated on 1 A3 size paper.

8-21 IP-1050

Page 203: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Staple

Staple output paper. The number of staplings and their positions can be set.

The selectable position will be changed according with the [Binding] setting.

[Staple] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Stapler] is not available in [Device Settings] tab - [Installable Op-

tions]

• When [Transparency] is selected in [Paper/Quality] tab - [Media]

• When [Auto] or [Stapler Main Tray] is not selected in [Output Tray].

• When any item other than [Z-fold] is selected in [Fold].

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

1 Staple /Left Binding

(Portrait)

1 Staple /Top Binding

(Portrait)

ABCD

2 Staples /Top Binding

(Portrait)

1 Staple /Right Binding

(Portrait)

2 Staples /Right Binding

(Portrait)2 Staples /Left Binding

(Portrait)

8-22 IP-1050

Page 204: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Punch

The output paper can be set to be punched with 2 holes,3 holes or 4 holes.

The position will be changed according with the [Binding] setting.

Note

Punch holes which can be specified vary depending on the destinations.USA : Either 2 or 3 holes can be specified.Others : Either 2 or 4 holes can be specified.

[Punch] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Multi Folder] is not available in [Device Settings] tab - [Installable

Options]

• When the other than [Z-fold] is selected in [Fold].

2 Holes / Left Binding

(Portrait)

2 Holes / Left Binding

(Landscape)

2 Holes / Right Binding

(Landscape)

2 Holes / Right Binding

(Portrait)

ABCD ABCD

2 Holes / Top Binding

(Portrait)

2 Holes / Top Binding

(Landscape)

ABCD

ABCDEF ABCDEF

ABCDEF

8-23 IP-1050

Page 205: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Fold

Various ways of breaking can be setup.

[Fold] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Multi Folder] is not available in [Device Settings] tab - [Installable

Options]

• When [Transparency] is selected in [Paper/Quality] tab - [Media]

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Staple], [Punch], only [Z-fold] can be selected.

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Front Cover Page],

Z-fold

Center Staple and Fold

Center Staple and Fold + Trimming

Center Fold in

Center Fold Out

Letter Fold in

Letter Fold Out

Zigzag Fold in

Zigzag Fold Out

Double Parallel Fold in

Double Parallel Fold Out

Gate Fold in

Gate Fold Out

Multi-Letter Fold in

Multi-Letter Fold Out

Multi-Half Fold

8-24 IP-1050

Page 206: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

[Back Cover Page], [PI-Front Cover] and [PI-Back Cover].

Image Shift

Adjust the details of the printing position to the output paper.

Front Cover Page

Set a front cover for which paper is different than the text paper.

When [Blank] is selected, nothing is printed on the front cover.

When [Printed] is selected, the front cover is also printed.

[Front Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Transparency] is selected in [Paper/Quality] tab - [Media]

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Fold].

Paper Tray (Front Cover Page)

Specify the paper tray for the front cover.

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCD

Front Cover - Off Front Cover

- Blank

Front Cover

- Printed

8-25 IP-1050

Page 207: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Back Cover Page

Set a back cover for which paper is different than the text paper.

When [Blank] is selected, nothing is printed on the back cover.

When [Printed] is selected, the back cover is also printed.

[Back Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Transparency] is selected in [Paper/Quality] tab - [Media]

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Fold].

Paper Tray (Back Cover Page)

Specify the paper tray for the back cover.

PI Front Cover

Set a front cover for which paper is from the [PI Tray 1] or [PI Tray 2].

[PI Front Cover] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Multi Folder] is not selected in [Device Settings] tab - [Installable

Options]

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Fold].

PI Back Cover

Set a back cover for which paper is from the [PI Tray 1] or [PI Tray 2].

[PI Back Cover] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Multi Folder] is not selected in [Device Settings] tab - [Installable

Options]

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Fold Stitch Trim].

Transparency Interleave

• Printed: This is set when printing OHP sheet (printed).

• Blank: This is set when printing blank OHP sheet.

Transparency Interleave cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Transparency] is selected in [Paper/Quality] tab - [Media]

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCD

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

Back Cover - Off Back Cover

- Blank

Back Cover

- Printed

8-26 IP-1050

Page 208: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Paper Tray (Transparency Interleave)

It setup to use the paper tray for Transparency Interleave.

Paper Tray (Transparency Interleave) cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Transparency] is selected in [Paper/Quality] tab - [Media]

• When [Paper Sources] is not selected in [Device Settings] tab - [Install-able Options]

Wait Mode

Check test printing output and check current setting from the control panel of copier. Use this when printing a large volume, such as multiple sets of pages.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Click [Properties] to open [Printing Preferences] window and then click [Advanced].

3 Click the [▼] besides the [Wait Mode] to display the list. Then select [Wait Mode] or [Proof and Print] and click [OK] to close [Advanced Op-tions] window.- Select [Wait Mode] to wait before printing the document to check

the current setting from the operation panel.

- Select [Proof and Print] to print the one copy as a test to check the output and the current setting from the operation panel.

4 Click [OK] to close [Printing Preferences].

5 Click the [Print] to perform printing from the application.- When [Wait Mode] is selected, it stops without being printed.

- When [Proof Print] is selected, only one part is printed and it stops.

On the copier's control panel, the Check Mode screen appears.

- When the Check Mode screen is not displayed, press the [MA-CHINE] tab.

8-27 IP-1050

Page 209: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

6 Confirm the current settings.If you do not change any setting, proceed to the step 9.

7 If necessary, press the [Change] to change settings.

8 Change the settings and press the [OK].The [MACHINE] tab appears.

9 Press [START] to resume the rest of the print job.

Smoothing

Print the curved section of characters and images smoothly, when this print-ing system is used.

• [Dark] is suitable for the handling of the diagonal lines of normal charac-ters and graphics.

• [Medium] is suitable for the handling of the curved sections of normal characters.

• [Light] is suitable for the handling of the curved sections of ornamental writings and fine characters.

• When [Off] is selected, no smoothing operation is made.

Smoothing

8-28 IP-1050

Page 210: Printer User Guide

8 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Image Processing

Select the printing density.

Date/Time

Specify the pages to print the date and time.

All pages: Date/Time is printed in the all pages.

Front Cover Only: Date/Time is printed in the front cover only.

Item Print density Feature

Normal 100% Print with normal density.Heavy 110%

You can adjust printing density while maintaining print quality.

Light 1 90%Light 2 80%Light 3 70%Light 4 60%Light 5 50%Toner Save 1 80% Reduce toner consumption to cut

the running cost. However, lower toner consumption means lower print quality.

Toner Save 260%

8-29 IP-1050

Page 211: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver set-

ting (Windows)

This chapter describes the settings of the KONICA MINOLTA PS printer driv-er. For settings, use the Properties window.

About how to receive the optional KONICA MINOLTA PS driver, contact your service representative.

9.1 About Properties window

This chapter explains the setting KONICA MINOLTA PS printer driver with Properties window of Windows XP.

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS.

How to open the printing preference window differs depending on the OS in use.

Windows 98/Me

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows NT4.0/2000

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows XP

Select [Start]-[Printers and Faxes] to open the [Printers and Faxes] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows 98/Me

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows NT4.0

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Document Defaults].

Windows 2000

Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Printing Preference].

9-1 IP-1050

Page 212: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.1.1 Properties window

You have two ways of selecting or changing settings through the printer driv-er.

How to setup in the Properties window of a Printers and Faxes window

Settings made in the [Properties] of the [Printers and Faxes] folder are ef-fective when getting printouts, whatever the application.

How to setup with application, whenever it prints

Settings made in the [Properties] which appears on clicking the [Property] button of the [Print] window displayed by the printing command of the appli-cation are available within you use the application.

Caution

• This manual describes using the printer window of Windows XP. A prop-erties window may differ from the window displayed by the printing com-mand of application a little.

Windows XP

Select [Start]-[Printers and Faxes] to open the [Printers and Faxes] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Printing Preference].

9-2 IP-1050

Page 213: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.2 About button

A button common to each tab of a properties window is shown below.

[OK]

When the [OK] is clicked, all tab settings are saved with the close of the prop-erties window.

[Cancel]

When the [Cancel] is clicked, all tab settings are canceled with the close of the properties window.

[Apply]

When the [Apply] is clicked, the present tab settings are saved. This button is used when settings continue to be performed by using other tabs, and the present tab settings are registered before using other tabs.

9-3 IP-1050

Page 214: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.3 Combination of the function

When you select a function which causes a confliction with the settings al-ready configured, the message will be displayed.

This is a confirmation message to decide which setting will be turned off. When this message is displayed, select the [OK] or [Cancel]. In case of [OK], the conflict setting will be turned OFF.

9-4 IP-1050

Page 215: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.4 General tab

Enables printing a test page.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Property window.

Location

Enter the place where the printer is located. For example, “2nd floor”, “Room 101”, “Domain ABC” and so on.

Comment

Enter information about the printer. For example, “User: documentation team”, “Maintenance: 123-456-789”, and so on.

Printing Preference

Display the property window of the selected printer. You can change the set-ting of the printer driver with the property window.

Print Test Page

Print a test page of Windows. You can print a test page without using any application.

Note

For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

9-5 IP-1050

Page 216: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.5 Sharing tag

Performs share settings of a printer.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Property window.

Using this [Sharing] tab, you can make the printer available to network users.

Note

For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

9-6 IP-1050

Page 217: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.6 Ports tab

Performs settings related to ports.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Property window.

Add Port

Using this button, you can add a new port for Vendor-specific port monitor, TCP/IP or Unix printers (using the LPR port), and so on.

Delete Port

Delete the selected port from above list.

Configure Port

Using this button, you can configure the selected port from above list.

Enable bidirectional support

Get the seeings and status information from the print device.

Enable printer pooling

Enables printing to two or more identical print devices using with one logical printer.

DETAILS

For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

9-7 IP-1050

Page 218: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.7 Advanced tab

Performs settings drivers, time-out and spooling.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Property window.

Always available / Available from

Configure the printer for 24 hours availability or limited availability.

Priority

Configure the priority of the current setting.

Driver

Display the installed printer driver name.

New Driver

Click to install a new or updated printer driver.

Spool print documents so program finishes printing faster

Set to spool the documents before printing.

Print directly to the printer

Set to print without suppling.

Hold mismatched documents

Set to hold the document which does not match to the printer setup.

Print spooled documents first

Set to print the spooled document irrespective of a priority settings.

9-8 IP-1050

Page 219: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Keep printed documents

Set to hold the spooled data of the documents after printing.

Enable advanced printing features

Enables the advanced printing features.

DETAILS

For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

9.8 Color Management tab

Performs settings related to color management.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Property window.

It is not used in this printing system.

9-9 IP-1050

Page 220: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.9 Font tab

The [Fonts] tab sets the font used.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Property window.

Send To Printer As

Selects [Adobe (Type1)], [Bitmap (Type3)], or [TrueType (Type 42)] as the method of sending TrueType fonts.

Threshold Units

Selects between [Points], [1/100inch], and [Pixels] as the setting unit for the threshold.

Threshold

Specify the threshold in the range from 1 to 3000.

TrueType Font

Displays a list of TrueType fonts installed in the system.

Printer Font to Use

Displays a list of printer fonts. The selected system fonts and printer fonts in-dicate they can be mutually substituted, i.e. they have a substitution relation-ship. When reselecting the printer font, printer fonts that can be substituted are changed. Click the Default Substitution button to restore the original sub-stitution relationship.

Use Printer Fonts For All True Type Fonts

Checking this item substitutes printer fonts for all TrueType fonts for output.

9-10 IP-1050

Page 221: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Use Substitution Table

Checking this item uses the TrueType font and printer font substitution table.

Default Substitution

Clicking the button restores the TrueType font and printer font substitution relationship.

9-11 IP-1050

Page 222: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.10 Option tab

Performs settings of PostScript and the options of the printer.

DETAILS

Method to open the Properties window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Property window.

Option

In this printing system, the following options are installable.

Option Information - Printer Name or IP Address

Input the printer name or the printer's IP Address.

Option Information - Gather Option Information

Obtain information for options of the printer.

Enhanced Security

If you use the Security Mode, check this checkbox.

For more information on the Security Mode, refer to "User's Guide (Security Mode)".

Paper Sources None / PF-701Multi Folder None / FD-501(2/3 Hole Type)

FD-501(2/4 Hole Type)Saddle-Stitcher None / SD-501Stacker None / LS-501 / LS-502 /

LS-501 (Two-Linked) / LS-501 + LS-502Stapler None / FS-503

9-12 IP-1050

Page 223: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Scaling linked with Application

If you interlock the zoom ratio in the application with the zoom ratio of the printer driver, check this checkbox.

9-13 IP-1050

Page 224: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.11 Setup tab

Performs basic settings of the printer.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Copies

Set the number of copies to be printed.

Paper - Orientation

Set the orientation to output paper in [Portrait] or [Landscape].

The default is [Portrait].

Paper - Original Size

You can select a original size from the list shown by clicking [▼].

Document size that can be selected

12” x 18”

11” x 17”

8 1/2” x 14”

8” x 13”

8 1/2” x 13”

8 1/4” x 13”

8 1/8” x 13 1/4”

8 1/2” x 11”

5 1/2” x 8 1/2”

A3 297 x 420 mm

A4 210 x 297 mm

9-14 IP-1050

Page 225: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

The default is 8 1/2” x 11”.

Note

The paper with "F" at the end of the document size represents "Full-Breed".When [Custom Size] is selected, it is possible to set and register the orig-inal size.

A5 148 x 210 mm

B4 250 x 364 mm

B5 182 x 257 mm

Post Card

12" x 18F"

11" x 17F"

8 1/2” x 11F”

5 1/2" x 8 1/2F"

A3F 297 x 420 mm

A4F 210 x 297 mm

A5F 148 x 210 mm

B4F 250 x 354 mm

B5F 182 x 257 mm

8 1/2" x 11" Tab

A4 Tab

Custom Size

Document size that can be selected

9-15 IP-1050

Page 226: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Paper - Output Size

You can select a paper size from the list shown by clicking [▼].

The default is Same as original size.

Note

The paper with "W" at the end of the document size represents "Wide pa-per".If there is no space for displaying "Wide" in the driver, it is replaced --> with "+".

Document size that can be selected

Same as Original size

12” x 18”

11” x 17”

8 1/2” x 14”

8” x 13”

8 1/2” x 13”

8 1/4” x 13”

8 1/8” x 13 1/4”

8 1/2” x 11”

5 1/2” x 8 1/2”

A3 297 x 420 mm

A4 210 x 297 mm

A5 148 x 210 mm

B4 250 x 364 mm

B5 182 x 257 mm

Post Card

12" x 18 Wide"

11" x 17 Wide"

8 1/2” x 11 Wide”

5 1/2" x 8 1/2 Wide"

A3 Wide 297 x 420 mm

A4 Wide 210 x 297 mm

A5 Wide 148 x 210 mm

B4 Wide 250 x 354 mm

B5 Wide 182 x 257 mm

8 1/2" x 11" Tab

A4 Tab

9-16 IP-1050

Page 227: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

For example, 11" x 17"Wide--> 11" x 17" +.The paper size that can be used vary depending on print controller.

Paper - Paper Sources

Select and set the paper tray to be used from the list. When [Auto] is set, the printer automatically selects and prints from a suitable paper tray.

The paper sizes that can be used vary depending on each tray. Care should be taken when selecting a tray.

Paper Type Settings

When [Paper Type Settings] is pressed, [Paper Type Settings] dialog ap-pears.

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type

When select the paper source from the list and [Edit] is pressed, [Edit Paper Type] dialog appears.

Feed Tray paper size that can be used.

Tray 1 to Tray 2 12" x 18" / 11" x 17" / 8 1/2" x 14" / 8 1/2" x 11" / 8" x 13" / 8 1/2" x 13" / 8 1/4" x 13" / 8 1/8" x 13 1/4" / 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" / A3 / A4 / A5 / B4 / B5 / 8 1/2" x 11" Tab / A4 Tab / 12" x 18" Wide / 11" x 17" Wide / 8 1/2" x 11" Wide / 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" Wide / A3 Wide / A4 Wide / A5 Wide / B4 Wide / B5 Wide / Custom Size Settings / Print Position Settings

Tray 3 to Tray 5 (PF-701)

9-17 IP-1050

Administrator
The paper sizes that can be used vary depending on each tray. Care should be taken when selecting
Administrator
OK?
Page 228: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type - Paper Type

Set various types of paper sizes as the output paper as shown below.

[Transparency] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Paper Sources] is not available in the [Option] tab.

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type - Paper Weight

Set various weights of paper as the output paper as shown below• No Setting

• 50-61g/m2

• 62-71g/m2

• 72-91g/m2

• 92-130g/m2

• 131-161g/m2

• 162-209g/m2

• 210-244g/m2

• 245-300g/m2

Types of paper that can be selected.

No Setting

Plain Paper

Coated A This is set when printing coated paper such as pam-phlet.

Coated B This is set when printing thick paper such as a post card.

Fine This is set when printing fine paper such as memo paper.

Book/News This is set when printing paper such as a book or newspaper.

Embossed This is set when printing embossed paper such as tickets.

User This is set when printing the user specified paper set on the copier.

Blank Insert This is set when printing blank paper such as cover sheet.

Transparency This is set when printing OHP sheet.

9-18 IP-1050

Page 229: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type - Paper Color

Set various colors of paper as the output paper as shown below• No Setting

• White

• Clear

• Yellow

• Pink

• Blue

• Green

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type - Pre-Punched Paper

Set whether the paper as the output paper is pre-punched or not.

Transparency Interleave

If you use Transparency Interleave as the Paper type, check this checkbox.

Transparency Interleave - Settings

• Printed: This is set when printing OHP sheet (printed).

• Blank: This is set when printing blank OHP sheet.

• Paper Source: It setup to use the paper tray for Transparency Interleave.

Layout - Normal

Perform the Normal printing without using the Layout function.

9-19 IP-1050

Page 230: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Layout - N-up - Combination

Allocate a document of 1 page, 2 pages, 4 pages, 6 pages, 9 pages or 16 pages onto a single page for printing. The allocated pages are automatically reduced for printing based on the printable region of the output paper.

Layout - N-up - Position

Determines a relative print position when a space occurs consequent to the laying out of pages.

Layout - N-up - Border

Determines whether a border is printed between laid out pages and, if it is, which of border types to select. The default is [None (Full Size)].

Layout - N-up - Advanced

Layout - N-up - Advanced - Layout Type

Decides how to arrange pages.

Layout - N-up - Advanced - Scale Border

When checked, thins the borders. This makes available wider space for page

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD

2 in 1 4 in 1 6 in 1

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

8 in 1 9 in 1 16 in 1

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

9-20 IP-1050

Page 231: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

data.

Layout - N-up - Advanced - Size Orientation change handling

Determines the output method when a mixture of pages with different paper sizes and printing orientations is used.

Layout - Booklet

Produces printouts that can be folded and bound into a booklet.

Layout - Booklet - Gutter

Allows you to set the white space between the facing pages as printed out in the range of 0 to 150.

Layout - Booklet - Creep

Allows you to specify how far to expand the white space between the facing pages printed on outer sheets, (outer when bound into a booklet), in the range of 0 to 20.

Layout - Booklet - Bundle Size

Allows you to specify how many sheets to bind into a booklet. The default [No Limit] allows you to bind all printed sheets into a booklet.

Layout - Booklet - Advanced

Layout - Booklet - Advanced - Fill Bundles

When checked, causes all sheets that follow the boundary of [Bundle Size] to take on the [Booklet] settings.

[Fill Bundle_OFF]

1 2 8 9 9

A4/B5/A5 A4/B5/A5

7

A3/B4/A4 A3/B4/A4

1

2

8

5

3

4

6

9-21 IP-1050

Page 232: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

[Fill Bundle_ON]

Layout - Booklet - Advanced - Size Orientation change handling

Determines the output method when a mixture of pages with different paper sizes and printing orientations is used.

Layout - Fit

Enlarges or reduces the paper size by the application to adjust it to the actual paper size to be printed.

Layout - Scale - Scale Factor

Set the scaling rate in the range of 25 to 400%.

Layout - Poster

Select a method to divide and magnify a page. If you select [Custom], specify the zoom in ratio at the [Scale Factor].

Layout - Poster - Poster Style

Determines how pages are divided for enlargement.

Layout - Poster - Position

Determines where to print when performing poster style printing.

1 2 8 9

A4/B5/A5 A3/B4/A4 A3/B4/A4

1

2

9

3

4

A3/B4/A4

7

5

6

8

Poster (3 x 3)

9-22 IP-1050

Page 233: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Layout - Poster - Scale Factor

When selecting [Poster Style] – [Custom], set the scale factor in the range from 101 to 400%.

Layout - Poster - Advanced

Layout - Poster - Advanced - Overlap

Determines the amount of overlap for the borders of the divided page from 0 to 150.

Layout - Log/Phys

Prints a different paper size without reducing/enlarging the printing size. This enables printing of crop marks and shadows corresponding to the original paper size.

Layout - Log/Phys - Border

Determines presence and size of crop marks.

Layout - Log/Phys - Position

Determines where to print on the output paper.

Binding - Binding Position

Set the binding position for the document to be printed. The position select-ed here will be the position of stapling, punching and base position of the im-age shift.

Binding - Print Type

Select the print type among Single Sided, Double Sided and Booklet.

Single Side prints on one side of the paper.

Double Side prints on both sides of the paper.

Booklet prints on both sides of the paper and fold the paper. Booklet prints in order which every folded page appears in their original order when gath-ered at the end.

9-23 IP-1050

Page 234: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Binding - Staple

Staple output paper. The number of staplings and their positions can be set.

The selectable position will be changed according with the [Binding Position] setting.

[Staple] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Stapler] is not available in [Option] tab.

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

1 Staple /Left Binding

(Portrait)

1 Staple /Top Binding

(Portrait)

ABCD

2 Staples /Top Binding

(Portrait)

1 Staple /Right Binding

(Portrait)

2 Staples /Right Binding

(Portrait)2 Staples /Left Binding

(Portrait)

9-24 IP-1050

Page 235: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Binding - Hole-Punch

The output paper can be set to be punched with 2 holes, 3 holes or 4 holes.

The position will be changed according with the [Binding Position] setting.

[Hole-Punch] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Multi Folder] is not available in [Option] tab.

Binding - Center Staple and Fold

Fold the paper into half and staple at the center of the output paper on the folded line.

[Center Staple and Fold] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Saddle-Stitcher] is not available in [Option] tab.

Binding - Trim

Cuts the edges of the output paper which is center-folded or saddle stitched.

[Trim] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Saddle-Stitcher] is not available in [Option] tab.

2 Holes / Left Binding

(Portrait)

2 Holes / Left Binding

(Landscape)

2 Holes / Right Binding

(Landscape)

2 Holes / Right Binding

(Portrait)

ABCD ABCD

2 Holes / Top Binding

(Portrait)

2 Holes / Top Binding

(Landscape)

ABCD

ABCDEF ABCDEF

ABCDEF

9-25 IP-1050

Page 236: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Output - Output Method - Print

Set the normal printing.

Output - Output Method - Secure Print

If you use the Secure Print feature, printing becomes unavailable until you in-put the Secure Print ID and the password on the copier's control panel.

To perform the Secure Print, you need to configure the settings for Confiden-tial output on the copier. For more information on the Confidential output, re-fer to "User’s Guide (Network Scanner)".

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Click [Properties] to open [Printing Preferences] window.

3 Select the [Secure Print] in the [Output Method].

4 Enter the [Secure Print ID] and [Password].- Secure Print ID: Enter the confidential box

name.

- Password: Enter the password.

5 Click the [OK].

6 Click the [OK] to close the [Printing Preferences] window.

7 Click the [Print] to perform printing from the application.

8 Select the [RECALL] tab on the control panel of the copier.

9-26 IP-1050

Page 237: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9 Press [Confidential].

10 Select a box and press the [OK].Password Input screen appears.

11 Enter the [Password].

12 Press the [OK] to close Password Input screen.

13 Select the file to print and press [>>>].

14 Select [Auto Output] and press the [OK].Confidential file is printed.

DETAILS

To confirm the settings for Confiden-tial Output, select the [Wait Output] or [Proof Output], and press the [OK].For more information, refer to "User’s Guide (Network Scanner)”.

9-27 IP-1050

Page 238: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Output - Output Method - Save in User Box/Save in User Box and Print

You can store the print job as image data in the copier's internal hard disk to re-output them when necessary.To output, use PageScope Job Spooler.

DETAILS

For more information on PageScope Job Spooler, refer to "PageScope Job Spooler User's Guide".

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Click [Properties] to open [Printing Preferences] window.

3 Select the [Save in User Box] or [Save in User Box and Print] in the [Output Method].- Selecting [Save in User Box] stores the print job in the internal hard

disk.

- Selecting [Save in User Box and Print] stores the print job in the in-ternal hard disk and prints one copy.

4 Enter the [File Name] and [User Box Number] and click the [OK].

5 Click the [OK] to close the [Printing Preferences] window.

6 Click the [Print] to perform printing from the application.

DETAILS

To output, use PageScope Job Spooler.For more information on PageScope Job Spooler, refer to "PageScope Job Spooler User's Guide".

9-28 IP-1050

Page 239: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Output - Output Method - Wait Mode/Proof and Print

Check test printing output and check current setting from the control panel of copier. Use this when printing a large volume, such as multiple sets of pages.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Click [Properties] to open [Printing Preferences] window.

3 Select the [Wait Mode] or [Proof and Print] in the [Output Method].

4 Click the [OK] to close the [Printing Preferences] window.

5 Click the [Print] to perform printing from the application.- When [Wait Mode] is selected, it stops without being printed.

- When [Proof Print] is selected, only one part is printed and it stops.

On the copier's control panel, the Check Mode screen appears.

- When the Check Mode screen is not displayed, press the [MA-CHINE] tab.

6 Confirm the current settings.If you do not change any setting, proceed to the step 9.

7 If necessary, press the [Change] to change settings.

8 Change the settings and press the [OK].The [MACHINE] tab appears.

9 Press [START] to resume the rest of the print job.

Output - Output Tray

Set [Main Tray], [Multi Folder Sub Tray], [Saddle Stitcher Sub Tray], [Stapler Main Tray], or [Stapler Sub Tray] as [Output Tray].

Each of them can/cannot be set in the following cases:• To set the other than [Main Tray] need to be selected on the [Option] tab,

respectively.

9-29 IP-1050

Page 240: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Output - Output Order

Change the output order.

[Face Down] outputs paper with the printed side facing down.

[Face Up] outputs paper with the printed side facing up.

“(1 to N)” means to output paper starting with the first page.

“(N to 1)” means to output paper starting with the last page.

Output - Collate

Print the first one set of copies in one lot, and then the second set of copies, the third set of copies, ...., when printing multiple sets of pages.

Output - Offset

Output with copies shifted in a unit of the number of copies or page group to this side and the opposite side at the eject position when printing multiple sets of copies.

Output - Authentication/Volume Track (E.K.C)

Set the Authentication mode/Volume Track (E.K.C).

DETAILS

Contact your administrator about Authentication/Volume Track (E.K.C).When the [Authentication/Volume Track (E.K.C)] is clicked, the [Authentica-tion/Volume Track (E.K.C)] dialog appears.

Authentication

Select to use the Authentication mode.

• Public User: Select when you access as Public user to the print controller.

• Recipient User: Select when you access as Recipient user to the print controller.

9-30 IP-1050

Page 241: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

• User Name: Enter the Recipient User Name when the [Recipient User] is selected.

• Password: Enter the Recipient Password when the [Recipient User] is se-lected.

Volume Track (E.K.C)

Select to use the Volume Track (E.K.C) mode.

• Department Name: Enter the Department Name.

• Password: Enter the password.

9-31 IP-1050

Page 242: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.12 Per Page Setting

Set a cover for which paper is different than the text paper.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

[Front Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Collate] is not available in [Setup] tab

Front Cover Page

Set a front cover for which paper is different than the text paper.

When [Blank] is selected, nothing is printed on the front cover.

When [Printed] is selected, the front cover is also printed.

Front Cover Page - Paper Source

Specify the paper tray for the front cover.

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCD

Front Cover - Off Front Cover

- Blank

Front Cover

- Printed

9-32 IP-1050

Page 243: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Back Cover Page

Set a back cover for which paper is different than the text paper.

When [Blank] is selected, nothing is printed on the back cover.

When [Printed] is selected, the back cover is also printed.

Back Cover Page - Paper Source

Specify the paper tray for the back cover.

PI Cover Sheet - PI Front Cover

Set a front cover for which paper is from the PI Tray 1 or PI Tray 2.

[PI Cover Sheet] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Multi Folder] is not selected in the [Option] tab.

PI Cover Sheet - PI Back Cover

Set a back cover for which paper is from the PI Tray 1 or PI Tray 2.

[PI Cover Sheet] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Multi Folder] is not selected in the [Option] tab.

9-33 IP-1050

Page 244: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Chapter - Page Number

For the PCL6 printer driver, print a specific page so that it comes on the front, when printing on [Duplex] or [Booklet].

Multiple page numbers can be entered. When entering multiple page num-bers, use commas to separate them as in this example: [2,4,6]. A range can be specified with a hyphen as in this example: [6-10].

[Chapter] cannot be set in the following cases:• [Single-Sided] is selected in the [Setup] tab - [Print Type].

• When [Multi Folder] is not selected in the [Option] tab.

• When [Fold] check box is ON in [Special Functions] tab.

Per Page Setting

Set the specified pages to change [Print Type], [Paper Source], [Staple] and/or [Hole-Punch] settings and to use Tab Paper.

Per Page Setting - Save as

Save the configuration file for Per Page Setting as a new file.

Per Page Setting - Load

Open the existing configuration file for Per Page Setting.

Regular duplex printing

Duplex printing when edited by chapter

If a page specified as an opening page of a

chapter comes to a back side, the back

side becomes a blank page, and the

specified page will silide to the next

Regular pamphlet printing

Pamphlet printing when edited

by chapter

If a page specified as an opening

page of a chapter does not come

to the first page, a blank page is

inserted, and the specified page

will slide to the first page(front

side) of the next paper.

The example is long-side folded, but duplex printing can

also be done with short-side folded documents.

Example: page 4 is the opening

page of a chapter.

A specified page

Page 1 is printed

This is the front side

9-34 IP-1050

Page 245: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Per Page Setting - Hole Punch Settings

Set to use punch in the Per Page Settings.

Per Page Setting - Tab Paper Settings

By clicking the [Tab Paper Settings], the [Tab Paper Settings] window is dis-played.

In the [Tab Paper Settings] Window, header characters and other details can be set for the tab sheet.

• Paper - Size: Select the tab paper size.

• Number of Tabs: Select the number of tabs.

• Position Adjustment - Space Above: Set the top space above the first tab.

• Position Adjustment - Space Below: Set the top space under the last tab.

• Position Adjustment - Gap: Set the space between each tab.

• Position Adjustment - Text Position: Set the text position in each tab.

9-35 IP-1050

Page 246: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Per Page Setting - Add

Add Per Page Setting.

When click this button, the [Per Page Setting] dialog appears.

• Page Number: Enter the page number which page you set the Per Page Settings (1 to 9999). Multiple page numbers can be entered. When enter-ing multiple page numbers, use commas to separate them as in this ex-ample: [2,4,6]. A range can be specified with a hyphen as in this example: [6-10].

• Print Type: Configure the print type to be set as the Per Page Settings.

• Paper Source: Configure the paper source to be set as the Per Page Set-tings.

• Staple: Configure the stapling to be set as the Per Page Settings.

• Finish Stapling: Specify the last page to be stapled.

• Hole-Punch: Configure the punch to be set as the Per Page Settings.

• Use Tab Paper: Select to use tab paper to be set as the Per Page Set-tings. This can not be set when [Same as Body] is selected in the [Paper Source] of the [Per Page Setting] dialog.

• Text on Tab: Enter the text to be printed on the Tab paper.

• Details: When this button is clicked, the [Tab Text Details] dialog appears. You can configure the orientation, position, font name, font type, and font size for the tab text.

• Tab position: Select the tab position.

Per Page Setting - Edit

Edit Per Page Setting.

When select the Per Page Setting from the list and click this button, the [Per Page Setting] dialog above mentioned appears.

9-36 IP-1050

Page 247: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Per Page Setting - Delete

Delete Per Page Setting.

When select the Per Page Setting from the list and click this button, the se-lected setting is deleted.

Per Page Setting - Clear All

Delete All Per Page Settings from the list.

9-37 IP-1050

Page 248: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.13 Special Functions

Configure the special functions of the print controller.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Date/Time - Page to Print

Specify the pages to print the date and time.

All pages: Date/Time is printed in the all pages.

Front Cover Only: Date/Time is printed in the front cover only.

Page Number - Pages to Print

Specify the pages to print the page numbers.

All pages: Page number is printed in the all pages.

Not Front Cover :Page number is printed except front cover.

Not Front-Back Cover(s):Page number is printed except front/back cover.

Page Number - Start Page

Specify the first page to print the page numbers.

Page Number - Starting Number

Specify the initial page number to print.

Distribution Number Stamping - Type

Specify the type of the copy number to print.

Distribution Number Stamping - Pages to Print

Specify the pages to print the copy number.

9-38 IP-1050

Page 249: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Distribution Number Stamping - Starting Number

Specify the initial copy number to print.

Combination (No Reduction)

[2 in 1] setting is available which prints out two page data on one sheet of paper. Two page data is printed out on a sheet of paper twice as large as the selected size of paper.

[Combination (No Reduction)] cannot be set in the following cases:• When the following paper is selected in [Setup] tab -[Output Size].

A3, B4, B5, 12" x 18", 11" x 17", 8.5" x 14", 8" x 13", 8.5" x 13", 8.25" x 13", 8.125" x 13.25", A3W, B4W, 12" x 18"Wide, 11" x 17"Wide, 8.5" x 14"Wide, 8.5" x 11"Wide, 8" x 13"Wide, 8.5" x 13"Wide, 8.25" x 13"Wide, 8.125" x 13.25"Wide, 5.5" x 8.5"Wide, A4 Tabstock, 8.5" x 11" Tabstock, Custom Settings, Print Position Settings

• When [Chapter] is available in [Per Page Setting] tab

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

2

2 in 1

2 Repeat

Example: 2 A4 size papers are aggregated on 1 A3 size paper.

9-39 IP-1050

Page 250: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Fold

Various ways of breaking can be setup.

[Fold] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Chapter] is available in [Per Page Setting] tab

• When [Multi Folder] is not selected in the [Option] tab.

Z-fold

Half Fold in

Half Fold Out

Letter Fold in

Letter Fold Out

Zigzag Fold in

Zigzag Fold Out

Double Parallel Fold in

Double Parallel Fold Out

Gate Fold in

Gate Fold Out

Multi-Letter Fold in

Multi-Letter Fold Out

Multi-Half Fold

9-40 IP-1050

Page 251: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Image Shift

Adjust the details of the printing position to the output paper.

Settings

When click this button, the [Image Shift Settings] dialog appears.

• Image Shift Settings: It specifies whether the Image Shift sets up by the driver side or the printer side.

• Font Side: Set the shift amount for the front side.

• Back Side: Set the shift amount for the back side.

• Back Side Auto Setup: Set the amount of the back side as that of front side.

Divide Output

Repeat to staple and/or fold for every number of pages specified.

9-41 IP-1050

Page 252: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Page per Section

When [Divide Output] is selected, you can set the number of pages for re-peating the function.

Adhesive Binding

Select when doing adhesive binding using an adhesive binder.

Normally, used together with the [Half Fold Out] setting.

Pile Permission

When another printed document remains in Stacker, give the permission to stack the output.

9-42 IP-1050

Page 253: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.14 PostScript tab

The [PostScript] tab performs advanced PostScript settings.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Output - To Printer

Outputs data to the printer.

Output - Encapsulated PostScript

Outputs data as a file in the EPS format.

Output - File Name

Allows you to specify a file name when outputting data as a file in the EPS format.

Settings - Job Compression

Offers a choice of [None], [LZW] or [Flate] as a print job compression method.

Settings - Flate Compression

When [Flate] is selected for [Job Compression], allows you to select Flate compression modes from [Fastest], [Fast], [Default] and [Best Compression].

Settings - Compress Bitmaps

Offers a choice of [None], [RLE], [JPEG] or [LZW] as a bitmap compression method.

Settings - JPEG

When [JPEG] is selected in [Compress Bitmap], allows you to select JPEG modes from [High Quality], [Fast], [Medium], [Draft] and [Custom].

9-43 IP-1050

Page 254: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Settings - Output Protocol

Offers a choice of [Pure Binary] or [ASCII] as an output data format.

Settings - Gamma Level

Specify the correction of the gamma value of the printer in the range of [0.000] - [2.000].

The default is [1.000].

Settings - Tokenised PS

Checking this box enables Tokenised PS.

Settings - PostScript Options

Clicking this button displays the [PostScript] dialog box.

Settings - PostScript Options - Print PostScript Error Information

Checking this box makes the error handler available. When this box is set as checked and an error is encountered during the printing process, an error message is printed out under the action of the error handler.

Settings - PostScript Options - Use PostScript Pass-through

Checking this box declares this driver as a PostScript driver. The box is checked by default.

Settings - PostScript Options - Clear Memory per Page

Checking this box clears the printer memory resource before running a print-er job on a page-by-page basis.

Settings - PostScript Options - Compatibility

Allows you to select PostScript for output format.

9-44 IP-1050

Page 255: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Timeouts - Wait Timeout (seconds)

Defines a maximum length of time in seconds during which the printer waits for print data to be fed in from the computer during the printing process.

Print Enhance - Print Enhance

Checking this box makes the halftone frequency and angle enabled.

Print Enhance - Halftoning

Set the halftone frequency in the range from [8.0] to [600.0].

Print Enhance - Screen Angle

Set the halftone angle of degree in the range from [0.0] to [360.0].

Use Bitmap Smoothing

Checking this item enables smoothing.

Watermark Option - Print Watermark On Logical Page

Checking this box causes a watermark to be printed on every original sheet when [N-Up] or [Booklet] is selected.

Unchecking this box causes a watermark to be printed on every output sheet.

9-45 IP-1050

Page 256: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.15 Overlay tab

The [Overlay] tab sets the overlay of the document to be printed.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Overlays

Displays a list of stored overlay files.

When [None] is selected, the overlay function is disabled. For the overlay printing procedure, refer to “Overlay Printing Procedure.”

Add Overlay

Opens the [Load Page Overlay File] dialog box that is used to select an over-lay file.

Create Overlay

Opens the [Create Page Overlay] dialog box.

Delete Overlay

Deletes the overlay file selected in the [Overlays] list.

Check Before Print

When this box is checked, a message confirming overlay printing appears during printing.

Overlay Choice Condition

Displays information about the selected overlay file.

Overlay Create Condition

Displays the creation status of an overlay file.

9-46 IP-1050

Page 257: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

To create overlay

For creating overlays, perform the following procedure.

1 Create an overlay with the application in use.

2 Select [Print] from the [File] menu.The selected menu may differ depending on the application used.

3 Select [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS(V)].

4 Click [Properties].

5 Click the [Overlay] tab.

6 Click [Create Overlay].The [Create Page Overlay] dialog box appears.

7 Input the file name in [File Name].- Use “esp” as the extension.

8 Click [Save].The [Create Page Overlay] dialog box closes.

9 Click [OK] to create the overlay.The [Properties] dialog box closes.

10 Click [OK] and create the overlay.The overlay creation confirmation dialog box appears.

11 Click [Yes].The overlay data is stored.

9-47 IP-1050

Page 258: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Overlay Printing Procedure

When printing overlays, perform the following procedure.

1 Select [Print] from the [File] menu.The selected menu may differ depending on the application used.

2 Select [KONICA MINOLTA 1050 PS(V)].

3 Click [Properties].

4 Click the [Overlay] tab.

5 Select the overlay file to be printed.

6 Click [OK].The [Properties] dialog box closes.

7 Click [OK] and print the overlay.Along with the overlay data the document to be printed is printed on top of the overlay data.

- Select [Overlay], [None] after printing has been completed.

9-48 IP-1050

Page 259: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.16 Quality tab

The [Quality] tab sets image rotation, reverse image rotation, resolution, etc.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Image Rotation

Sets the rotation of the printing data to 0°, 90°, 180° or to 270° (counterclock-wise).

Effects - Mirror Image

Checking this item prints a mirror image of the printing data.

Effects - Negative Image

Checking this item prints a negative image of the printing data.

Adjustment - Slider A

If the graphic appears too bright, slide the brightness slider to the left.

If the graphic appears too dark, slide the brightness slider to the right.

Adjustment - Slider B

To decrease contrast, slide the contrast slider to the left.

To increase contrast, slide the contrast slider to the right.

Print Density

Determines the print density of a graphic.

If a graphic appears too dark, move the slider towards [Light]. If the graphic appears too light, move the slider towards [Dark]. The default setting is [Nor-mal].

9-49 IP-1050

Administrator
実際の画面には ないが入れて
Administrator
Administrator
Page 260: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Smoothing - Type

Print the curved section of characters and images smoothly, when this print-ing system is used.

• [Type 1] is suitable for the handling of the diagonal lines of normal char-acters and graphics.

• [Type 2] is suitable for the handling of the curved sections of normal char-acters.

• [Type 3] is suitable for the handling of the curved sections of ornamental writings and fine characters.

• When [None] is selected, no smoothing operation is made.

Monochromatic Convention - By Driver / By Printer

Make a choice whether you change the graphic mode to monochrome on the printer driver or on the printer.

Toner Save

Save the consumption of toner by controlling printing density, when this printing system is used.

Draft Print

Print lightly for draft documents.

Smoothing

9-50 IP-1050

Page 261: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.17 Watermarks tab

Performs settings related to definitions of Watermark.

DETAILS

Method to open the Printing Preference window depending on OS. Refer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Print-ing Preference window.

Watermark

Select whether a watermark is present and its type from [None], [CONFIDEN-TIAL], [COPY], [DRAFT], [FILE COPY], [FINAL], [PROOF], and [TOP SECRET]. The default is [None].

Watermark – Add

Adds an edited watermark.

When you input text on [Edit] - [Text], the [Add] becomes active.

Watermark – Update

Updates a watermark while it is being edited.

Watermark – Delete

Deletes the watermark selected in the list.

Edit – Text

The selected watermark is shown in this box for editing. You can also enter new characters.

Edit – Size

Set the font size for a watermark with the scroll bar.

Edit – Angle

Set the rotation angle for a watermark with the scroll bar.

9-51 IP-1050

Page 262: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

Edit – Fonts

Opens the [Font] dialog box that is used to set the font for a watermark.

Edit – Color

The Printer Controller does not support colors. When you select colors, they are converted into gray and then printed.

Position

Specify the printing position of a watermark by dragging and dropping in the preview or using the scroll bar.

inches/mm: Determines the unit of the coordinates displaying the location.

Position – Center Watermark

Arranges the watermark in the center of the page.

First Page Only

When this item is checked, a watermark is printed on the first page only. When not checked, the watermark is printed on all pages.

Transparent Text

When this item is checked, characters are printed with a net pattern back-ground that looks transparent. When not checked, the net pattern back-ground of the characters becomes white and shadow printing data is not printed.

As Outline Only

When this item is checked, only the outline of the characters of the water-mark is printed. Note that this item is enabled if the [Transparent Text] setting is disabled.

9-52 IP-1050

Page 263: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.18 Save / Restore Setting

The contents set up by printer driver can be saved and the contents of a set-ting can be called if necessary.

Note

This item is not displayed on the [Watermarks] tab.

To save the setting

The method of saving a setup of a driver is as follows:

1 Click the [Save].[Save Setting] window appears.

2 Enter the name to save and click the [OK].The contents of a setting is saved and the inputted name is displayed on [Save/Restore Setting] pull-down menu.

To call the saved setting

The saved setting can be called if necessary.

1 Click the [▼] to display pull-down menu.

2 Select the saved setting.

9-53 IP-1050

Page 264: Printer User Guide

9 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)

9.19 Printer View

You can confirm the printer driver's current settings and the option unit's sta-tus.

Note

This item is not displayed on the [Watermarks] tab

To confirm the option unit's status

You can confirm the option unit's status by the icon.

1 Click the [Printer View].

To confirm the driver's current settings

The driver's current settings are displayed on the list under the [Printer View].

9-54 IP-1050

Page 265: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

This chapter describes the settings of the PS3 printer driver using Mac OS 9.

Basic printing method

This chapter explains how to use this printing system for printing from a Mac-intosh.

The following shows the basic methods of use of the printing system from the computer used.

1 Check the printing system to ensure it is turned on. Then turn on the computer.

2 Select this printing system from the [Chooser] dialog.- Refer to "Selecting the printer with the Chooser" on Page 4-26 for

detailed information on selecting this printing system from the [Chooser] dialog.

3 Open the file to be printed.

4 Select [File] - [Page Setup...] of the application.The [Page Setup] dialog box appears.

Note

You can configure the functions of this printing system further in the [Page Setup].

5 Select the paper size, click the [OK].The [Page Setup] dialog box will dis-appear.

6 Select [File] - [Print...] of the application.The [Printing] dialog box appears.

10-1 IP-1050

Page 266: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

7 Make sure that the printer name is the name of this printing system.- If the printer name is not the

name of this printing system, click the [▼] at the side of the [Printer] box to select the printing system.

8 Make settings in the [Print] dialog.

Note

You can set the function of the printing system further by opening the screen from the [Print].

9 Click the [Print].The file is printed.

10-2 IP-1050

Page 267: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

10.1 Dialog boxes used for configuring this printing system

10.1.1 Three dialog boxes

You can set this printing system to use various functions when you print a file from a Macintosh with this printing system.

[Configure] dialog box

This dialog box is opened from the [Chooser] dialog. You can set the printer driver to recognize optional devices in this printing system.

[Page Setup] dialog box

This dialog box is opened from an application. You can set paper size, ori-entation, scaling, watermarks, visual effect, alternate font, smoothing, and custom page setting.

10-3 IP-1050

Page 268: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

[Print] dialog box

This dialog box is opened from an application. You can set various functions.

Displaying the [Configure] dialog box

1 Select [Chooser] from [Apple Menu].

2 Make sure that [Active] is selected in the [AppleTalk] box

3 Click the [AdobePS] icon.

4 Click the printer name for your PS3 printing system from the [Select a PostScript Printer] list.

5 Click the [Setup] if you are using the printing system for the first time.A dialog box appears.

6 Click the [Configure].The [Configure] dialog box appears.

7 Click the [OK] to close the [Config-ure] dialog.

10-4 IP-1050

Page 269: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

Displaying the [Page Setup] dialog box

1 Select [File] - [Page Setup...] of the application.The [Page Attributes] dialog box in the [Page Setup] dialog box ap-pears.

2 Click the [▼] button upper left corner the dialog box to select each menu as required.[Page Setup] - [Watermark] dialog box

[Page Setup] - [PostScript Options] dialog box

[Page Setup] - [Custom Page De-fault] dialog box

10-5 IP-1050

Page 270: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

Displaying the [Print] dialog box

1 Select [File] - [Print...] of the application.The [General] dialog box in the [Print] dialog box appears.

[Print] - [General] dialog box

2 Click the [▼] button below the [Print-er] box to select each menu as required.[Print] - [Background Printing] dialog box

[Print] - [Cover Page] dialog box

[Print] - [Layout] dialog box

10-6 IP-1050

Page 271: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

[Print] - [Error Handling] dialog box

[Print] - [PostScript Setting] dialog box

[Print] - [Printer Specific Options] di-alog box (1)

[Print] - [Printer Specific Options] di-alog box (2)

10-7 IP-1050

Page 272: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

10.2 About descriptions in this chapter

In the descriptions of the settings for each function from the dialog boxes, in the following pages of this chapter, the procedures for opening the dialog boxes is omitted.

Refer to the procedures described earlier as necessary.

For example:

Open [Configure].• "Displaying the [Configure] dialog box" on Page 10-4

Open [Page Setup] - [Cover Page].• "Displaying the [Page Setup] dialog box" on Page 10-5

Open [Print] - [Printer Specific Options] dialog box (1)• "Displaying the [Print] dialog box" on Page 10-6

This chapter mainly describes information on the functions inherent in this printing system. Refer to the manual for the Adobe PS3 printer driver for de-tailed information on the functions common to the Adobe PS3 printer driver.

10-8 IP-1050

Page 273: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

10.3 Page Attributes dialog box

Performs settings of the page attributes.

DETAILS

Refer to "Displaying the [Page Setup] dialog box" on Page 10-5.

Paper

You can select a paper size from the list shown.

Paper size that can be selected

A3 297 x 420 mm

A4 210 x 297 mm

A5 148 x 210 mm

B4 250 x 364 mm

B5 182 x 257 mm

12” x 18”

11” x 17”

8 1/2 x 14”

8 1/2” x 11”

5 1/2” x 8 1/2”

8” x 13”

8 1/2” x 13”

8 1/4” x 13”

8 1/8” x 13 1/4”

8K

16K

Japanese Postcard

A3 Wide

A4 Wide

A5 Wide

B4 Wide

10-9 IP-1050

Page 274: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

Note

When selecting [Custom], you can set and register a paper size.Often a specific paper size cannot be selected due to other functions set. For details, refer to the explanation of each of the functions.

Orientation

Select the orientation to output paper in "Portrait" or "Landscape."

Click on the button for “Portrait”(left) of [Orientation].

Click on the button for “Landscape”(right) of [Orientation].

Scale

Print by specifying the enlargement or reduction ratio in the range from 25% to 400%.

[Scale] cannot be set in the following cases:• When the [Print] - [Layout] - [Pages per sheet] is set to any item other than

[1].

Booklet

Check to print on both sides of the paper and fold the paper. Booklet prints in order which every folded page appears in their original order when gath-ered at the end.

Select the type of the booklet after checking the [Booklet] check box.

B5 Wide

12” x 18” Wide

11” x 17” Wide

8 1/2” x 11” Wide

5 1/2” x 8 1/2” Wide

8 1/2” x 11” Tab

A4 Tab

Custom

Paper size that can be selected

10-10 IP-1050

Page 275: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

10.4 Watermark dialog box

Set a transparent character and print it on the output paper.

DETAILS

Refer to "Displaying the [Page Setup] dialog box" on Page 10-5.

Watermark

Set watermark as follows.

• If you do not want to watermark any, turn on the [None] radio button.

• If you want to watermark the first page only, turn on the [First] radio but-ton.

• If you want to watermark all pages, turn on the [All] radio button.

Types of Watermark

Set the type of watermark as follows.

• If you want to use the PICT file for watermark, turn on [PICT] radio button.

• If you want to use the EPS file for watermark, turn on [EPS] radio button.

• If you want to use the TEXT file for watermark, turn on [TEXT] radio but-ton.

DETAILS

Five types of watermark are stored by default.

Foreground

If you want to print the watermark as a foreground, check the checkbox.

Save With Document

If you want to save the watermark with the document you print, check the [Save With Document] checkbox.

If you check the [Save With Document] checkbox, you can print the water-mark with the same settings in the next time you print a document.

10-11 IP-1050

Page 276: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

Edit

If you selected [TEXT] type, you can edit the text you print as watermark.

If you click [Edit], [Watermark Specification] screen appears.

Watermark File

You can specify watermark that is stored by default.

Watermark Font / Size / Style

You can specify a font/size/style of the text you want to print as watermark.

Watermark Text

If you want to print the input text as watermark, input the text.

Color

It is not used in this printing system.

Save As

Press this button when you save a new watermark file.

10-12 IP-1050

Page 277: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

10.5 Custom Page Default dialog box

Performs settings of the custom page.

DETAILS

Refer to "Displaying the [Page Setup] dialog box" on Page 10-5.

Units

Select the units for setting [Width], [Height], and so on.

Paper Size

Set the height, width, horizontal/vertical offset from the paper edge to the printing region of the output paper.

Margins

Set the margins of the output paper.

PPD Limits

When you select the item form the list, display the device limitation.

Custom Page Name

Enter the custom page name with 31 characters or less.

Remove

You can enter the stored custom page name and unstore it.

Add

Store the custom page settings with the entered custom page name.

10-13 IP-1050

Page 278: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

10.6 General dialog box

Performs basic settings of the printer.

DETAILS

Refer to "Displaying the [Print] dialog box" on Page 10-6.

Copies

Set the number of copies to be printed from the [General] dialog.

Reverse Order

You can reverse the order pages are printed.

Pages

Select the page to be printed.• All: Print all pages of the document.

• From [ ] To [ ]: Enter the initial page number and the ending page number. If you want to print one page, enter the page number to the both boxes.

Paper Source

Select the paper source.• All pages from: Print all pages from the same tray. Select the tray in

the right box.

• First page from: Print the first page from the specified tray in upper box and remaining pages from the specified tray in lower box.

10-14 IP-1050

Page 279: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

The paper sizes that can be used vary depending on each tray. Care should be taken when selecting a tray.

Feed Tray paper size that can be used.

Tray 1 to Tray 2 A3 / A4 / A5 / B4 / B5 / 12" x 18" / 11" x 17" / 8 1/2 x 14" / 8 1/2" x 11" / 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" / 8" x 13 / 8 1/2" x 13" / 8 1/4" x 13" / 8 1/8" x 13 1/4" / 8K / 16K / Japanese Post-card / A3 Wide / A4 Wide / A5 Wide / B4 Wide / B5 Wide / 12" x 18" Wide / 11" x 17" Wide / 8 1/2" x 11" Wide / 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" Wide / 8 1/2" x 11" Tab / A4 Tab / Custom

Tray 3 to Tray 5 (PF-701)

10-15 IP-1050

Administrator
The paper sizes that can be used vary depending on each tray. Care should be taken when selecting a tray.
Administrator
OK?
Page 280: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

10.7 Background Printing dialog box

Performs settings of the background printing.

DETAILS

Refer to "Displaying the [Print] dialog box" on Page 10-6.

Print in:

Select foreground printing or background printing.• Foreground (no spool file): Print the document immediately, without

spooling. In this case, you cannot use the other application during the printing.

• Background: Print the document after spooling. In this case, you can use the other application during the printing.

Print Time

Select the time to be printed.

• Urgent: Print the document by interruption

• Normal: Print the document normally.

• Print at: Print at the specified time.

• Put Document on Hold: Hold the document without printing.

10-16 IP-1050

Page 281: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

10.8 Cover Page dialog box

Performs settings of the cover page.

DETAILS

Refer to "Displaying the [Print] dialog box" on Page 10-6.

Print Cover Page:

Select the method to print a cover page.• None: Print no cover page.

• Before Document: Print a cover page first.

• After Document: Print a cover page last.

Cover Page Paper Source

Select the paper source to print a cover page.

[Cover Page Paper Source] cannot be set in the following cases:When [Print Cover Page] is not available in [Cover Page] dialog.

10-17 IP-1050

Page 282: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

10.9 Layout dialog box

Performs settings of the page layout.

DETAILS

Refer to "Displaying the [Print] dialog box" on Page 10-6.

Pages per sheet

You can divide the printing of one page to 4, 9, 16, 25 or 36 sheets. You can allocate a document of 2 pages, 4 pages, 6 pages, 9 pages or 16 pages onto a single page for printing. The allocated pages are automatically reduced for printing based on the printable region of the output paper.

Layout direction

Select the layout direction the pages allocated onto a single paper.

Border

Select whether draw a frame or line as the border between pages.

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD

2 up 4 up

3 x 3 sheets/pg

6 up

9 up 16 up

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

10-18 IP-1050

Page 283: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

Print on Both Sides

Check to print on both sides.

10-19 IP-1050

Page 284: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

10.10 Printer Specific Options dialog box (1)

Performs settings of the finishing options.

DETAILS

Refer to "Displaying the [Print] dialog box" on Page 10-6.

Collate

Set [ON] to print the required number of the first page, and then the required number of the second pages, the third page, .... collectively when printing multiple sets of pages.

Media

Set various types of paper sizes as the output paper as shown below.

Types of paper that can be selected.

No Setting

Plain paper

Coated A This is set when printing coated paper such as pam-phlet.

Coated B This is set when printing thick paper such as a post card.

Fine This is set when printing fine paper such as memo pa-per.

Book/News This is set when printing paper such as a book or newspaper.

Embossed This is set when printing embossed paper such as tick-ets.

User This is set when printing the user specified paper set on the copier.

Blank Insert This is set when printing blank paper such as cover sheet

Transparency This is set when printing OHP sheet.

10-20 IP-1050

Page 285: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

[Transparency] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Duplex] is set in the [Print] - [Printer Specific Options] dialog box

(2).

• When [Paper Sources] is not available in the [Configure] dialog box.

10-21 IP-1050

Page 286: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

10.11 Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)

Performs settings of the finishing options.

DETAILS

Refer to "Displaying the [Print] dialog box" on Page 10-6.

Offset

Output with copies shifted in a unit of the number of copies or page group to this side and the opposite side at the eject position when printing multiple sets of copies.

Print position

Select the print position. [Left] print using the left side of the paper. [Center] print using the center of the paper. [Right] print using the right side of the pa-per.

Paper Weight

Select the weights of paper as the output paper as shown below• No Setting

• 50-61g/m2

• 62-71g/m2

• 72-91g/m2

• 92-130g/m2

• 131-161g/m2

• 162-209g/m2

• 210-244g/m2

• 245-300g/m2

Paper Color

Select the colors of paper as the output paper as shown below• No Setting

10-22 IP-1050

Page 287: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

• White

• Clear

• Yellow

• Pink

• Blue

• Green

Pre-Punched Paper

Select whether the paper as the output paper is pre-punched or not.

Output Tray

Select the output tray.

Each of them can/cannot be set in the following cases:• Each options which is not selected on the [Configure] dialog cannot be

set.

• When [Staple] is available, any item other than [Auto] and [Stapler Main Tray] can not be set.

Output Order

Select the output order.

[Face Down] outputs paper with the printed side facing down.

[Face Up] outputs paper with the printed side facing up.

Image order

Select the image order.

[1 to N] outputs paper starting with the first page.

[N to 1] outputs paper starting with the last page.

Pile Permission

Set the Pile Permission to gIve the permission to stack the output when an-other printed document remains in Stacker.

Binding

Set the binding position for the document to be printed. The position select-ed here will be the position of stapling, punching and base position of the im-age shift.

10-23 IP-1050

Page 288: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

Duplex

Print continuous multiple pages on both front and back sides.

[Duplex] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Transparency] is selected in [Printer Specific Options] dialog (1) -

[Media]

Combination

Print a document of 2 pages onto a single paper twice as big as the original documents.

[2 in 1] and [2 Repeat] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Transparency] is selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer Spe-

cific Options] dialog box (1).

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for [Front Cover Page], [Back Cover Page], [Paper Tray (Front Cover Page] or [Paper Tray (Back Cover Page].

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

2

2 in 1

Booklet

2 Repeat

Example: 2 A4 size papers are aggregated on 1 A3 size paper.

10-24 IP-1050

Page 289: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

Staple

Staple output paper. The number of staplings and their positions can be set.

[Staple] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [None] is selected for [Stapler] in the [Installable Options] field of

the [Configure].

• When [Transparency] is selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer Spe-cific Options] dialog box (1).

• When any item other than [Z-fold] is selected for [Fold].

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

1 Staple /Left Binding

(Portrait)

1 Staple /Top Binding

(Portrait)

ABCD

2 Staples /Top Binding

(Portrait)

1 Staple /Right Binding

(Portrait)

2 Staples /Right Binding

(Portrait)2 Staples /Left Binding

(Portrait)

10-25 IP-1050

Page 290: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

Punch

The output paper can be set to be punched with 2 holes,3 holes or 4 holes.

The position will be changed according with the [Binding Position] setting.

[Punch] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [None] is selected for [Multi Folder] in the [Installable Options] field

of the [Configure] dialog.

• When [Transparency] is selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer Spe-cific Options] dialog box (1).

• When any item other than [Z-fold] is selected for [Fold].

Note

Punch holes which can be specified vary depending on the destinations.USA : Either 2 or 3 holes can be specified.Others :Either 2 or 4 holes can be specified.

2 Holes / Left Binding

(Portrait)

2 Holes / Left Binding

(Landscape)

2 Holes / Right Binding

(Landscape)

2 Holes / Right Binding

(Portrait)

ABCD ABCD

2 Holes / Top Binding

(Portrait)

2 Holes / Top Binding

(Landscape)

ABCD

ABCDEF ABCDEF

ABCDEF

10-26 IP-1050

Page 291: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

Fold

Various ways of breaking can be setup.

[Fold] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [None] is selected for [Saddle-Stitcher] in the [Installable Options]

field of the [Configure].

• When [Transparency] is selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer Spe-cific Options] dialog box (1).

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Staple], [Punch], only [Z-fold] can be selected.

Z-fold

Center Staple and Fold

Center Staple and Fold + Trimming

Half Fold in

Half Fold Out

Letter Fold in

Letter Fold Out

Zigzag Fold In

Zigzag Fold Out

Double Parallel Fold In

Double Parallel Fold Out

Gate Fold In

Gate Fold Out

Multi-Letter Fold In

Multi-Letter Fold Out

Multi-Half Fold

10-27 IP-1050

Page 292: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Front Cover Page], [Back Cover Page], [Paper Tray (Front Cover Page)] and [Paper Tray (Back Cover Page)].

Image Shift

Adjust the details of the printing position to the output paper.

Front Cover Page

Set a front cover for which paper is different than the text paper.

[Front Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Transparency] is selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer Spe-

cific Options] dialog box (1).

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Fold].

Paper Tray (Front Cover Page)

Specify the paper tray for the front cover.

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCD

Front Cover - Off Front Cover

- Blank

Front Cover

- Printed

10-28 IP-1050

Page 293: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

Back Cover Page

Set a back cover for which paper is different than the text paper.

[Back Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Transparency] is selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer Spe-

cific Options] dialog box (1).

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Fold].

Paper Tray (Back Cover Page)

Specify the paper tray for the back cover.

PI Front Cover

Set a front cover for which paper is from the [PI Tray 1] or [PI Tray 2].

[PI Front Cover] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [None] is selected for [Multi Folder] in the [Installable Options] field

of the [Configure] dialog.

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Fold].

PI Back Cover

Set a back cover for which paper is from the PI Tray 1 or PI Tray 2.

[PI Back Cover] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [None] is selected for [Multi Folder] in the [Installable Options] field

of the [Configure] dialog.

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Fold].

Transparency Interleave

• Printed: This is set when printing OHP sheet (printed).

• Blank: This is set when printing blank OHP sheet.

Transparency Interleave cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Transparency] is selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer Spe-

cific Options] dialog box (1).

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCD

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

Back Cover - Off Back Cover

- Blank

Back Cover

- Printed

10-29 IP-1050

Page 294: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

Paper Tray (Transparency Interleave)

It setup to use the paper tray for Transparency Interleave.

Paper Tray (Transparency Interleave) cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Transparency] is selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer Spe-

cific Options] dialog box (1).

• When [Paper Sources] is not selected in [Configure] dialog

Wait Mode

Check test printing output and check current setting from the control panel of copier. Use this when printing a large volume, such as multiple sets of pages.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.the [Printing] dialog box will appear.

2 Select [Printer Specific Options (2)] of optional menu.

3 Click the [Wait Mode] to display the list. Then select [Wait Mode] or [Proof and Print].- Select [Wait Mode] to wait before

printing the document to check the current setting from the oper-ation panel.

- Select [Proof and Print] to print the one copy as a test to check the output and the current setting from the control panel.

4 Click the [Print].- When [Wait Mode] is selected, it stops without being printed.

- When [Proof Print] is selected, only one part is printed and it stops.

On the copier's control panel, the Check Mode screen appears.

- When the Check Mode screen is not displayed, press the [MA-CHINE] tab.

10-30 IP-1050

Page 295: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

5 Confirm the current settings.If you do not change any setting, proceed to the step 8.

6 If necessary, press the [Change] to change settings.

7 Change the settings and press the [OK].The [MACHINE] tab appears.

8 Press [START] to resume the rest of the print job.

Resolution

Display the resolution of the printer (600 dpi)

Smoothing

Print the curved section of characters and images smoothly, when this print-ing system is used.

• [Dark] is suitable for the handling of the diagonal lines of normal charac-ters and graphics.

• [Medium] is suitable for the handling of the curved sections of normal characters.

• [Light] is suitable for the handling of the curved sections of ornamental writings and fine characters.

• When [Off] is selected, no smoothing operation is made.

Smoothing

10-31 IP-1050

Page 296: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

Image Processing

Select the printing density.

Date/Time

Specify the pages to print the date and time.

All pages: Date/Time is printed in the all pages.

Front Cover Only: Date/Time is printed in the front cover only.

Item Print density Feature

Normal 100% Print with normal density.Heavy 110%

You can adjust printing density while maintaining print quality.

Light 1 90%Light 2 80%Light 3 70%Light 4 60%Light 5 50%Toner Save 1 80% Reduce toner consumption to cut

the running cost. However, lower toner consumption means lower print quality.

Toner Save 260%

10-32 IP-1050

Page 297: Printer User Guide

10 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)

10.12 Configure dialog box

The option to install can be setup on this window.

DETAILS

Refer to "Displaying the [Configure] dialog box" on Page 10-4.

Stapler

Select an installed Stapler.

Saddle-Stitcher

Select an installed Saddle Stitcher.

Stacker 1

Select an installed Stacker.

Stacker 2

Select an installed Stacker.

Multi Folder

Select an installed Multi Folder.

Paper Sources

Select an installed paper source.

10-33 IP-1050

Page 298: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

This chapter describes the settings of the PS3 printer driver using Mac OS X.

11.1 About Mac OS X window

In Mac OS X, printer driver is set up using the [Printer Info] window, the [Page Setup] window and the [Print] window.

Here, how to open the window of Mac OS X is explained.

Method to open the [Printer Info] window

1 Double-click the [Applications] - [Utilities] - [Printer Setup Utility] in a hard disk with system.[Printer List] window appears.

2 Select the printer and then select [Show Info] from Printers menu.[Printer Info] window appears.

11-1 IP-1050

Page 299: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

Method to open the [Page Setup] window

1 Open the file to print.

2 Select [Page Setup] from File menu.[Page Setup] window appears.

Method to open the [Print] window

1 Open the file to print

2 Select [Print] from File menu.[Print] window appears.

DETAILS

To perform printing, click [Print]. Clicking [Save As PDF] creates a PDF file. Selecting [Save As] on the [Pre-sets] pop-up menu enables you to save the settings you configured in the [Print] window.

11-2 IP-1050

Page 300: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

11.2 Page Attributes (Page Setup window)

Select [Page Attributes] on the [Settings] pop-up menu in the [Page Setup] window.

DETAILS

Refer to "Method to open the [Page Setup] window" on Page 11-2.

Format for

Select the printer you want to use.

Paper Size

You can select a paper size from the list shown.

Paper size that can be selected

A3 297 x 420 mm

A4 210 x 297 mm

A5 148 x 210 mm

B4 250 x 364 mm

B5 182 x 257 mm

12” x 18”

11” x 17”

8 1/2” x 14”

8 1/2” x 11”

5 1/2” x 8 1/2”

8” x 13”

8 1/2” x 13”

8 1/4” x 13”

8 1/8” x 13 1/4”

8K

16K

Japanese Postcard

11-3 IP-1050

Page 301: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

Note

When selecting [Custom], you can set and register a paper size.Often a specific paper size cannot be selected due to other functions set. For details, refer to the explanation of each of the functions.

Orientation

Set the orientation to output paper.

Scale

Print by specifying the enlargement or reduction ratio in the range from 25% to 400%.

[Scale] cannot be set in the following cases:• When the [Pages per Sheet] is set to any item other than [1].

A3 Wide

A4 Wide

A5 Wide

B4 Wide

B5 Wide

12” x 18” Wide

11” x 17” Wide

8 1/2” x 11” Wide

5 1/2” x 8 1/2” Wide

8 1/2” x 11” Tab

A4 Tab

Custom

Paper size that can be selected

11-4 IP-1050

Page 302: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

11.3 Custom Paper Size (Page Setup window)

Select [Custom Paper Size] on the [Settings] pop-up menu in the [Page Set-up] window.

DETAILS

Refer to "Method to open the [Page Setup] window" on Page 11-2.

New

You can register a new Custom Paper Size.

Paper Size

Set the height and width of the output paper.

Printer Margins

Set the margins of the output paper.

11-5 IP-1050

Page 303: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

11.4 Copies & Pages (Print window)

Select [Copies & Pages] on the pop-up menu in the [Print] window.

DETAILS

Refer to "Method to open the [Print] window" on Page 11-2.

Copies

Set the number of copies to be printed.

Collated

It is possible to print the required number of the first page, and then the re-quired number of the second pages, the third page, .... collectively when printing multiple sets of pages.

Pages

Select the page to be printed.• All: Print all pages of the document.

• From [ ] To [ ]: Enter the initial page number and the ending page number. If you want to print one page, enter the page number to the both boxes.

11-6 IP-1050

Page 304: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

11.5 Layout (Print window)

Select [Layout] on the pop-up menu in the [Print] window.

DETAILS

Refer to "Method to open the [Print] window" on Page 11-2.

Pages per Sheet

Allocate a document of 2 pages, 4 pages, 6 pages, 9 pages or 16 pages onto a single page for printing. The allocated pages are automatically reduced for printing based on the printable region of the output paper.

Layout Orientation

Select the layout direction the pages allocated onto a single paper.

Border

Select whether draw a frame or line as the border between pages.

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD

2 in 1 4 in 1 6 in 1

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

8 in 1 9 in 1 16 in 1

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

11-7 IP-1050

Page 305: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

11.6 Paper Feed (Print window)

Select [Duplex] on the pop-up menu in the [Print] window.

DETAILS

Refer to "Method to open the [Print] window" on Page 11-2.

Paper Feed

Select the paper source.

• All pages from: Print all pages from the same tray. Select the tray in the right box.

• First page from: Print the first page from the specified tray in upper box and remaining pages from the specified tray in lower box.

DETAILS

If you use [Auto Select], a paper feed tray is automatically selected. The paper specified in [Page Attributes] of this printing system is set on the tray.

11-8 IP-1050

Page 306: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

11.7 Image/Layout (Print window)

Select [Image/Layout] on the pop-up menu in the [Print] window.

DETAILS

Refer to "Method to open the [Print] window" on Page 11-2.

Combination

Print a document of 2 pages onto a single paper twice as big as the original documents.

[2in1] and [2 repeat] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Transparency] is selected for [Media Type] in the [Print] - [Setup].

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for [Front Cover Page], [Back Cover Page], [PI Front Cover] or [PI Back Cover] in the [Print] - [Setup].

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

1

ABCD

1

ABCD

2

ABCD

2

2 in 1

Booklet

2 Repeat

Example: 2 A4 size papers are aggregated on 1 A3 size paper.

11-9 IP-1050

Page 307: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

Page order

[1 to N] outputs paper starting with the first page.

[N to 1] outputs paper starting with the last page.

Image Shift

Adjust the details of the printing position to the output paper.

Resolution

DIsplay the resolution of the printer (600 dpi).

Smoothing

Print the curved section of characters and images smoothly, when this print-ing system is used.

• [Dark] is suitable for the handling of the diagonal lines of normal charac-ters and graphics.

• [Medium] is suitable for the handling of the curved sections of normal characters.

• [Light] is suitable for the handling of the curved sections of ornamental writings and fine characters.

• When [Off] is selected, no smoothing operation is made.

Smoothing

11-10 IP-1050

Page 308: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

Image Processing

Select the printing density.

Print Position

Select the print position. [Top] print using the top of the paper. [Center] print using the center of the paper. [Bottom] print using the bottom of the paper.

Date Stamp

Specify the pages to print the date and time.

All pages: Date/Time is printed in the all pages.

Front Cover Only: Date/Time is printed in the front cover only.

Item Print density Feature

Normal 100% Print with normal density.Heavy 110%

You can adjust printing density while maintaining print quality.

Light 1 90%Light 2 80%Light 3 70%Light 4 60%Light 5 50%Toner Save 1 80% Reduce toner consumption to cut

the running cost. However, lower toner consumption means lower print quality.

Toner Save 260%

11-11 IP-1050

Page 309: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

11.8 Finishing (Print window)

Select [Finishing] on the pop-up menu in the [Print] window.

DETAILS

Refer to "Method to open the [Print] window" on Page 11-2.

Collate

It is possible to print the required number of the first page, and then the re-quired number of the second pages, the third page, .... collectively when printing multiple sets of pages.

Offset

Output with copies shifted in a unit of the number of copies or page group to this side and the opposite side at the eject position when printing multiple sets of copies.

[Offset] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Japanese Post Card], or [Custom] is selected for [Page Setup] -

[Paper Size].

Duplex

Print continuous multiple pages on both front and back sides.

11-12 IP-1050

Page 310: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

Stapling

Staple output paper. The number of staplings and their positions can be set.

[Stapling] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Multi Folder] is not available in the [Printer Info] - [Installable Op-

tions].

• When [Transparency] is selected for [Print] - [Setup] - [Media Type].

• When any item other than [Z-Fold] is selected for [Fold].

ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD

ABCD

1 Staple /Left Binding

(Portrait)

1 Staple /Top Binding

(Portrait)

ABCD

2 Staples /Top Binding

(Portrait)

1 Staple /Right Binding

(Portrait)

2 Staples /Right Binding

(Portrait)2 Staples /Left Binding

(Portrait)

11-13 IP-1050

Page 311: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

Punch

The output paper can be set to be punched in advance.

[Punch] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Multi Folder] is not available in the [Printer Info] - [Installable Op-

tions].

• When the [Japanese Post Card], [Wide paper (W)] or [Custom] is selected for [Page Setup] - [Paper Size].

• When [Transparency] is selected for [Print] - [Setup] - [Media Type].

• When any item other than [Z-Fold] is selected for [Fold].

Note

Punch holes which can be specified vary depending on the destinations.USA : Either 2 or 3 holes can be specified.Others :Either 2 or 4 holes can be specified.

2 Holes / Left Binding

(Portrait)

2 Holes / Left Binding

(Landscape)

2 Holes / Right Binding

(Landscape)

2 Holes / Right Binding

(Portrait)

ABCD ABCD

2 Holes / Top Binding

(Portrait)

2 Holes / Top Binding

(Landscape)

ABCD

ABCDEF ABCDEF

ABCDEF

11-14 IP-1050

Page 312: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

Fold

Various ways of breaking can be setup.

[Fold] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [None] is selected for [Saddle-Stitcher] in the [Installable Options]

of the [Printer Info].

• When [Transparency] is selected for [Print] - [Setup] - [Media Type].

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Stapling], [Punch], only [Z-fold] can be selected.

• When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Front Cover Page],

Z-fold

Center Staple and Fold

Center Staple and Fold + Trimming

Half Fold in

Half Fold Out

Letter Fold in

Letter Fold Out

Zigzag Fold In

Zigzag Fold Out

Double Parallel Fold In

Double Parallel Fold Out

Gate Fold In

Gate Fold Out

Multi-Letter Fold In

Multi-Letter Fold Out

Multi-Half Fold

11-15 IP-1050

Page 313: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

[Back Cover Page], [Paper Tray (Front Cover Page)] and [Paper Tray (Back Cover Page)].

Binding Position

Set the binding position for the document to be printed. The position select-ed here will be the position of stapling, punching and base position of the im-age shift.

Output Tray

Select the output tray.

Each of them can/cannot be set in the following cases:• Each options which is not selected on the [Printer Info] window cannot be

set.

• When [Stapling] is available, any item other than [Auto] and [Stapler Main Tray] can not be set.

Output Order

Select the output order.

• [Face Down] outputs paper with the printed side facing down.

• [Face Up] outputs paper with the printed side facing up.

Pile Permission

Set the Pile Permission to gIve the permission to stack the output when an-other printed document remains in Stacker.

11-16 IP-1050

Page 314: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

11.9 Setup (Print window)

Select [Setup] on the pop-up menu in the [Print] window.

DETAILS

Refer to "Method to open the [Print] window" on Page 11-2.

11-17 IP-1050

Page 315: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

Media Type

Set various types of paper sizes as the output paper as shown below.

[Transparency] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Paper Sources] is not available in the [Printer Info] window

Media Weight

Select the weights of paper as the output paper as shown below• No Setting

• 50-61g/m2

• 62-71g/m2

• 72-91g/m2

• 92-130g/m2

• 131-161g/m2

• 162-209g/m2

• 210-244g/m2

• 245-300g/m2

Types of paper that can be selected.

No Setting

Plain paper

Coated A This is set when printing coated paper such as pam-phlet.

Coated B This is set when printing thick paper such as a post card.

Fine This is set when printing fine paper such as memo pa-per.

Book/News This is set when printing paper such as a book or newspaper.

Embossed This is set when printing embossed paper such as tick-ets.

User This is set when printing the user specified paper set on the copier.

Blank Insert This is set when printing blank paper such as cover sheet

Transparency This is set when printing OHP sheet.

Transparency Interleav-ing (Blank Sheet)

This is set when printing blank OHP sheet.

Transparency Interleav-ing (Printed)

This is set when printing OHP sheet (printed).

11-18 IP-1050

Administrator
要確認
Administrator
Page 316: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

Media Color

Select the colors of paper as the output paper as shown below• No Setting

• White

• Clear

• Yellow

• Pink

• Blue

• Green

Prepunched

Select whether the paper as the output paper is pre-punched or not.

Front Cover Page

Set a front cover for which paper is different than the text paper.

[Front Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Transparency] is selected in [Print] - [Setup] - [Media Type]

• When [Collated] is not available in [Print] - [Copies & Pages]

• When [Pages per Sheets] is selected in [Print] - [Layout]

Front Cover Tray

Specify the paper tray for the front cover.

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCD

Front Cover - Off Front Cover

- Blank

Front Cover

- Printed

11-19 IP-1050

Page 317: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

Back Cover Page

Set a back cover for which paper is different than the text paper.

[Back Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [Transparency] is selected in [Print] - [Setup] - [Media Type]

• When [Collated] is not available in [Print] - [Copies & Pages]

• When [Pages per Sheets] is selected in [Print] - [Layout]

Back Cover Tray

Specify the paper tray for the back cover.

PI Front Cover

Set a front cover for which paper is from the [PI Tray 1] or [PI Tray 2].

PI Back Cover

Set a back cover for which paper is from the [PI Tray 1] or [PI Tray 2].

[PI Front Cover] or [PI Back Cover] cannot be set in the following cases:• When [None] is selected for [Multi Folder] in the [Printer Info] window.

• When [Transparency] is selected in [Print] - [Setup] - [Media Type].

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCD

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

ABCDABCDABCDABCDABCDABCD

Back Cover - Off Back Cover

- Blank

Back Cover

- Printed

11-20 IP-1050

Page 318: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

11.10 Security (Print window)

Select [Security] on the pop-up menu in the [Print] window.

DETAILS

Refer to "Method to open the [Print] window" on Page 11-2.

Output Mode - Off

Set the normal printing.

Output Mode - Secure Print

If you use the Secure Print feature, printing becomes unavailable until you in-put the Secure Print ID and the password on the copier's control panel.

To perform the Secure Print, you need to configure the settings for Confiden-tial output on the copier. For more information on the Confidential output, re-fer to "User’s Guide (Network Scanner)".

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Select [Security] from pop-up menu.

3 Select the [Secure Print] in the [Output Mode].[Secure Print] field becomes active.

4 Enter the [Job ID] and [Password].- Job ID: Enter the confidential box name.

- Password: Enter the password.

5 Click the [Print] to perform printing from the application.

6 Select the [RECALL] tab on the control panel of the copier.

11-21 IP-1050

Page 319: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

7 Press [Confidential].

8 Select a box and press the [OK].Password Input screen appears.

9 Enter the [Password].

10 Press the [OK] to close Password Input screen.

11 Select the file to print and press [>>>].

12 Select [Auto Output] and press the [OK].Confidential file is printed.

DETAILS

To confirm the settings for Confiden-tial Output, select the [Wait Output] or [Proof Output], and press the [OK].For more information, refer to "User’s Guide (Network Scanner)”.

11-22 IP-1050

Page 320: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

Output - Output Mode - Store in Box/Store in Box and Print

You can store the print job as image data in the copier's internal hard disk to re-output them when necessary.To output, use PageScope Job Spooler.

DETAILS

For more information on PageScope Job Spooler, refer to "PageScope Job Spooler User's Guide".

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Select [Security] from pop-up menu.

3 Select the [Store in Box] or [Store in Box and Print] in the [Output Mode].- Selecting [Store in Box] stores the print job in the internal hard disk.

- Selecting [Store in Box and Print] stores the print job in the internal hard disk and prints one copy.

[Store in Box] field becomes active.

4 Enter the [Box File Name] and [Box Number] and click the [Print] to per-form printing from the application.

DETAILS

To output, use PageScope Job Spooler.For more information on PageScope Job Spooler, refer to "PageScope Job Spooler User's Guide".

11-23 IP-1050

Page 321: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

Output - Output Mode - Wait Mode/Proof and Print

Check test printing output and check current setting from the control panel of copier. Use this when printing a large volume, such as multiple sets of pages.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Select [Security] from pop-up menu.

3 Select the [Wait Mode] or [Proof and Print] in the [Output Mode].

4 Click the [Print] to perform printing from the application.- When [Wait Mode] is selected, it stops without being printed.

- When [Proof Print] is selected, only one part is printed and it stops.

On the copier's control panel, the Check Mode screen appears.

- When the Check Mode screen is not displayed, press the [MA-CHINE] tab.

5 Confirm the current settings.If you do not change any setting, proceed to the step 8.

6 If necessary, press the [Change] to change settings.

7 Change the settings and press the [OK].The [MACHINE] tab appears.

8 Press [START] to resume the rest of the print job.

11-24 IP-1050

Page 322: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

Authentication/Section Management

Set the Authentication mode/Section Management mode.

DETAILS

Contact your administrator about Authentication/Section Management.

Authentication

Select to use the Authentication mode.

• Public User: Select when you access as Public user to the print controller.

• Registered User: Select when you access as Registered user to the print controller.

• User ID: Enter the Registered User Name when the [Registered User] is selected.

• Password: Enter the Registered Password when the [Registered User] is selected.

Section Management

Select to use the Section Management.

• Section ID: Enter the Section ID.

• Password: Enter the password.

Security Advanced Mode

If you use the Security Mode, check this checkbox.

For more information on the Security Mode, refer to "User's Guide (Security Mode)".

11-25 IP-1050

Page 323: Printer User Guide

11 PS3 Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)

11.11 Printer Info

You can confirm the printer information on the [Printer List] window.

DETAILS

Refer to "Method to open the [Printer Info] window" on Page 11-1.

Stapler

Select an installed Stapler.

Saddle Stitcher

Select an installed Saddle Stitcher.

Stacker 1

Select an installed Stacker.

Stacker 2

Select an installed Stacker.

Multi Folder

Select an installed Multi Folder.

Paper Sources

Select an installed paper source.

11-26 IP-1050

Page 324: Printer User Guide

12 Troubleshooting

12 Troubleshooting

This chapter describes how to troubleshoot on using the print controller.

12.1 Basic Troubleshooting

This section describes how to troubleshoot. If problems are not resolved by using the following procedure, contact your Konica Minolta service repre-sentative.

First check the following ordinary causes of abnormalities:

1 Check the power of the main body printer (copier), computers and ca-ble connections.

2 Check the LCD touch screen of the main body printer to find informa-tion concerning the current trouble.

3 If possible, perform Test Print from the LCD of the main body printer to check that the settings are correct.

DETAILS

Refer to "Test Page Print" on Page 3-25 for more information about Test Page.

4 Check the current status of the print controller.- Check the current status shown on the LCD of the control panel.

- Touch the [JOB LIST] on the touch panel of the copier to check the job status.

When your job is being processed or waiting to be printed:

Windows:

The current status is displayed on the dialog shown by double-clicking [Start] - [Printers and Faxes] - printing system currently used.

Macintosh:

The current status is displayed on the dialog shown by double-clicking the currently-used printer icon on the desktop.

12-1 IP-1050

Page 325: Printer User Guide

12 Troubleshooting

12.2 General Problems of Printing

The Print Controller does not respond to the Print command.

1 Check that the printing system is selected as the current printer.- The printing system must be selected as the current printer on Win-

dows before printing.

2 Check that the power switch of the copier is turned on.

3 Print the Test Page from Windows/Macintosh.- When you cannot print a job from an application even though you

can print a test print, contact a system administrator or a service representative.

4 If the message "Error" is displayed, check that the control panel is in copy mode, not scanner mode.

Cannot select any media other than [Plain paper] from [Media].

1 For the PCL6 Driver, select [Restore Defaults] from [Paper] tab or [Cov-er] tab to restore the default setting.

2 Set [Paper Source] to a setting other than [Auto Select].

A message requesting a paper size you did not specify is displayed.

1 Cancel the job to change the paper size in the "Page (Paper) Setup" di-alog on your application.

2 Touch and select the desired size displayed in the paper sizes area of the control panel, then press the [START]. The forced output will start.

You cannot print the test print.

1 Check the LCD of the main body printer control panel.- When "Ready to copy" is displayed on the LCD, go to Step 3.

- When a diagnostic message or an error message is displayed on the LCD, refer to the operating manual of the main body printer (copier).

- When the LCD is blank, go to Step 2.

2 Press the POWER SAVER ON/OFF on the control panel.- When the main body printer is used in the Power Save mode, press

this switch to show the LCD in the Display mode.

3 Try to make a copy.

12-2 IP-1050

Page 326: Printer User Guide

12 Troubleshooting

- When copying is available, go to Step 4.

4 Turn off the copier and wait for 10 seconds, then restart it. Print the test print again after the print controller is ready.- Contact your Konica Minolta service representative if you cannot

print the test page after performing the above procedures.

The print setting of a job does not correspond to the result of printing.

1 Check that the printer setting was not changed.

Cannot select [Duplex]

1 In the case of a PCL printer driver, click [Restore Defaults] of the [Setup] tab and [Per Page Setting] tab, and return to the state of default.

2 Check that any other item than [Custom Size] or [Japanese Post Card] is selected in [Output Tray]

3 Check that [Paper Type] setting is not [Transparency], [Transparency Interleaving (Blank Sheet)], or [Transparency Interleaving (Printed)].

4 In the case of a PCL printer driver, check that [Print type] setting is not [Booklet].

Memory Overflow

1 Depending on the functions selected in the printer driver, occasional memory overflow may occur if the volume of the print job is large. In this case the print job is cancelled.e.g., Booklet, Fold & Stitch, 2 in 1, etc.

- In case of frequent Memory Overflow we recommend that you ex-tend the memory capacity in the main body printer (copier).

- When "Print Controller Memory Overflow" is displayed on the LCD Touch Screen when you are using Duplex printing or another Appli-cation function, you may cancel the print job and try to reprint with another function.

12-3 IP-1050

Administrator
削除?
Page 327: Printer User Guide

12 Troubleshooting

12.3 General Problems of PostScript

A PostScript Error message displays.

For the content of the error, visit Adobe’s home page at http://www.ado-be.com (URL subject to change without notice).

PostScript Error messages such as “VMerror” and “limitcheck” display.

The printer (copier) may be short on memory capacity. Consider upgrading the memory.

A PostScript Error message displays when attempting to get a printout

from any computers are in use.

There may be loose connections in the printing system. Recheck all of con-nections.

A PostScript Error message displays when attempting to get a printout

from a specific application.

Error conditions may exist in the application. Try to print out a simple test file. If this also does not succeed, reinstall the application in question.

A PostScript Error message displays when attempting to get a printout

from a specific file.

It is possible that the print setting for the file is wrong, that graphics con-tained in the file are damaged, or that bad elements are contained in the file.

Find a print setting that does not cause any PostScript Error message to ap-pear, and try to get a printout. If this fails, save the file as a new file.

A PostScript Error message displays when attempting to get a printout

of a specific page.

It is possible that elements or fonts used in the page are damaged, or that larger memory capacity than currently available capacity is needed for the printout.

Try to print with specifying one element or font of the various ones in the page. If this trial causes no problems, consider upgrading the memory.

Fonts cannot be downloaded.

It is possible that [Spool] is set to [On] in Printer Setting Menu on the copier’s control panel.

Set [Spool] to [Off], switch off the copier’s main power, wait 10 seconds or more, switch it back on, and then try downloading fonts again.

For details on how to download fonts, refer to the User’s Guide that comes with the fonts.

Non fixed size paper can not be printed correctly (Macintosh).

The direction in which non fixed size paper is loaded in the copier may be incorrect.

12-4 IP-1050

Page 328: Printer User Guide

12 Troubleshooting

Rotate the paper direction 90 degrees and then try printing after changing the settings of the driver and copier accordingly.

12-5 IP-1050

Page 329: Printer User Guide

12 Troubleshooting

12.4 Checking on non complete jobs

If print jobs are not printed, you can check them on the Non complete Job List screen.

To get the Non complete Job List screen to appear:

1 Press the [JOB LIST] on the LCD panel.

2 Press the [Non complete].

3 Make sure that Non complete job.

DETAILS

For more information about job list, consult your system administrator.

12-6 IP-1050

Page 330: Printer User Guide

13 Font

13 Font

This chapter describes the font.

13.1 Font List (PCL)

13-1 IP-1050

Page 331: Printer User Guide

13 Font

13-2 IP-1050

Page 332: Printer User Guide

13 Font

13-3 IP-1050

Page 333: Printer User Guide

13 Font

13-4 IP-1050

Page 334: Printer User Guide

13 Font

13.2 Font List (PostScript)

13-5 IP-1050

Page 335: Printer User Guide

13 Font

13-6 IP-1050

Page 336: Printer User Guide

13 Font

13-7 IP-1050

Page 337: Printer User Guide

13 Font

13-8 IP-1050

Page 338: Printer User Guide

13 Font

13-9 IP-1050

Page 339: Printer User Guide

13 Font

13-10 IP-1050

Page 340: Printer User Guide

13 Font

13.3 Font Number List (Control Panel-PCL Setup)

Font# Font Pitch/Point

0 line printer 16.67/8.5

1 line printer 16.67/8.5

2 line printer 16.67/8.5

3 line printer 16.67/8.5

4 line printer 16.67/8.5

5 line printer 16.67/8.5

6 line printer 16.67/8.5

7 line printer 16.67/8.5

8 Courier Bold Italic scalable

9 Courier Bold scalable

10 Courier Italic scalable

11 Courier scalable

12 Letter Gothic scalable

13 Letter Gothic Italic scalable

14 Letter Gothic Bold scalable

15 Courier PS scalable

16 Courier PS Oblique scalable

17 Courier PS Bold scalable

18 Courier PS Bold Oblique scalable

19 CG Times Bold Italic scalable

20 CG Times Bold scalable

21 CG Times Italic scalable

22 CG Times scalable

23 Albertus Medium scalable

24 Albertus Extra Bold scalable

13-11 IP-1050

Administrator
今回の機種で、これは必要でしょうか?
Page 341: Printer User Guide

13 Font

25 Antique Olive scalable

26 Antique Olive Italic scalable

27 Antique Olive Bold scalable

28 Univers Medium scalable

29 Univers Medium Italic scalable

30 Univers Bold scalable

31 Univers Bold Italic scalable

32 Claredon Condenced scalable

33 Coronet scalable

34 Garamond Antiqua scalable

35 Garamond Kursiv scalable

36 Garamond Halbfett scalable

37 Garamond Kursiv Halbfett scalable

38 Marigold scalable

39 CG Omega scalable

40 CG Omega Italic scalable

41 CG Omega Bold scalable

42 CG Omega Bold Italic scalable

43 SymbolPS scalable

44 Times New scalable

45 Times New Italic scalable

46 Times New Bold scalable

47 Times New Bold Italic scalable

48 Helvetica scalable

49 Helvetica Oblique scalable

50 Helvetica Bold scalable

51 Helvetica Bold Oblique scalable

Font# Font Pitch/Point

13-12 IP-1050

Page 342: Printer User Guide

13 Font

52 Univers Medium Condensed scalable

53 Univers Medium Condensed Italic scalable

54 Univers Bold Condensed scalable

55 Univers Bold Condensed Italic scalable

56 ITC Avant Garde Book scalable

57 ITC Avant Garde Book Oblique scalable

58 ITC Avant Garde Demi scalable

59 ITC Avant Garde Demi Oblique scalable

60 ITC Bookman Light scalable

61 ITC Bookman Light Italic scalable

62 ITC Bookman Demi scalable

63 ITV Bookman Demi Italic scalable

64 Arial scalable

65 Arial Italic scalable

66 Arial Bold scalable

67 Arial Bold Italic scalable

68 Helvetica Narrow scalable

69 Helvetica Narrow Oblique scalable

70 Helvetica Narrow Bold scalable

71 Helvetica Narrow Bold Oblique scalable

72 New Century Schoolbook Roman scalable

73 New Century Schoolbook Italic scalable

74 New Century Schoolbook Bold scalable

75 New Century Schoolbook Bold Italic scalable

76 Palatino Roman scalable

77 Palatino Italic scalable

78 Palatino Bold scalable

Font# Font Pitch/Point

13-13 IP-1050

Page 343: Printer User Guide

13 Font

79 Palatino Bold Italic scalable

80 Courier scalable

81 Times Roman scalable

82 Times Italic scalable

83 Times Bold scalable

84 Times Bold Italic scalable

85 ITC Zapf Chancery Medium Italic scalable

86 Courier scalable

87 Symbol scalable

88 Wingdings scalable

Font# Font Pitch/Point

13-14 IP-1050

Page 344: Printer User Guide

13 Font

13.4 Screen Fonts

Two types of screen fonts are contained in the User Software CD.

PostScript Type 1 font

TrueType font

The PostScript Type 1 font has the same design as the internal printer font. It is recommended to install this font when desiring to match the monitor dis-play with printed results in the case of printing when using the printer font.

For a list of the types of fonts available, refer to "Font List (PCL)" on Page 13-1

For details on the installation of screen fonts, refer to the ReadMe file in the Mac or Windows folder on the “User Software CD.”

The “User Software CD” includes two ReadMe files, one in the Mac folder, and the other in the Windows folder. They are distinguished as follows:

ReadmeE.txt in the Windows folder

Readme(E) in the Mac folder

Screenfonts Installation procedure

A.How to install PostScript Type1 fonts under Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0

In order to use PostScript Type 1 fonts in Windows 95/98/Me/NT 4.0, you must first install Adobe Type Manager (ATM), and then install the fonts through ATM. ATM version 4.0 or higher is required for Windows 98/Me/NT and 3.02 or higher for Windows 95.

If ATM is not installed, you will need to install an ATM compliant to your OS using the “User Software CD.”

Refer to "D. How to install ATM" on Page 13-18.

If ATM version is lower than which mentioned above, you must first uninstall the lower ATM, and then install adequate ATM.

To Install Type1 fonts in Windows95/98 and NT 4.0 using ATM Light 4.1:

1 Choose [Start] - [Programs] - [Ado-be] - [Adobe Type Manager] - [Ado-be Type Manager 4.1].

2 In ATM, click the [Font] tab.

3 Choose [Browse For Fonts] from the [Source] pop-up menu.

13-15 IP-1050

Page 345: Printer User Guide

13 Font

4 Select to “\English\Screenfonts” folder on the “User Software CD.”

5 Select the fonts you want to install. You can click to select one font, Ctrl-click to select several fonts, or Shift-click to select a contiguous group of fonts.

6 Press the [Add] button to install the fonts.

7 Exit ATM.

13-16 IP-1050

Page 346: Printer User Guide

13 Font

B.How to install TrueType fonts under Windows 95/98/Me/NT 4.0

1 Choose [Start] - [Setting] - [Control Panel].

2 Double-click on the [Fonts] icon.

3 Go to the [File] menu, select [Install new font].

4 In the [folders] panel at the lower left, navigate to the location “\En-glish\Screenfonts” folder on the “User Software CD.”

5 Click on [Select all].

6 Click on [OK].

C.How to install PostScript Type1 & TrueType fonts in Windows 2000/XP

Windows 2000/XP supports PostScript Type 1 fonts at the system level just like TrueType fonts.You do not need to install ATM.

1 Choose [Start] - [Setting] - [Control Panel].

2 Double-click on the [Fonts] icon.

3 Go to the [File] menu, select [Install new font].

4 In the [folders] pane at the lower left, navigate to the location “\En-glish\Screenfonts” folder on the “User Software CD.”

5 Click on [Select all].

6 Click on [OK].

13-17 IP-1050

Page 347: Printer User Guide

13 Font

D.How to install ATM

1 Turn on computer and start Windows.- ATM install program will require restart the computer after installa-

tion. Before installation, exit from all active applications, if running.

2 Double-click the [atm41eng.exe] file in the “\English\Screenfonts” fold-er of the “User Software CD.”The setup program starts running and an installation window appears.

3 Click the [Next].

4 Select your country, then click the [Next].

5 Click the [Yes].- Use of Adobe Type Manager (ATM) is subject to the terms and con-

ditions of the [Software License Agreement]. If you agree by them, click the [Yes].

- The [User Information] window appears.

6 Type in user information (Name, Company), then click the [Next] but-ton. You are asked to confirm your entry. If it is OK, click the [Yes].The [Select Components] window appears.

13-18 IP-1050

Page 348: Printer User Guide

13 Font

7 Click the [Next].

8 Click the [Next].The [Start Copying Fils] window ap-pears.

9 Click the [Next].The file copy process starts. Upon completion of the process, an [Ado-be Type Manager] window appears.

10 Click the [Finish].- When the [Display Adobe Type

Manager Read Me file.] check box is checked, clicking the [Finish] opens the ReadMe file.

- After closing the ReadMe file or unchecking the [Display Adobe Type Manager Read Me file.] check box, the [Setup Com-plete] window will appear when you click the [Finish].

11 Click the [Finish] and Windows re-starts.- When Windows is restarted,

Adobe Type Manager (ATM) goes into effect.

13-19 IP-1050

Page 349: Printer User Guide

13 Font

13.5 Downloading New Fonts

Reminder!

In case of downloading fonts, see your system administrator.Select [disk0] when downloading fonts onto the hard disk in the Print Controller.Downloaded to [disk1], the fonts are not available for use.Downloading fonts to [disk1] might result in the Print Controller not func-tioning dependably.

Note

After having downloaded fonts, turn the copier off, wait 10 seconds at least, then turn it back on. If you don’t do so, you cannot use the down-loaded fonts dependably.

For details on how to download fonts, refer to the User’s Guide that comes with the fonts.

13-20 IP-1050

Page 350: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

14 Utility Tool

This chapter describes how to use the Utility Tool.

14.1 PageScope Web Connection

PageScope Web Connection can be used through the Browser application.

Note

This chapter describes the function which can be used by non-adminis-trator of the print controller. About the functions used by the administra-tor, refer to the "Copier’s User’s Guide for POD Administrator" for more information about copier.

14.1.1 Outline of the PageScope Web Connection

This section describes the outline of the PageScope Web Connection.

The Administrator of the print controller can change the settings of the print controller with this tool.

The general users can display the status of the print controller but cannot change the settings.

This chapter describes the functions can be used by the general user.

14-1 IP-1050

Page 351: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Status to be shown

You can display the status of the print controller using with PageScope Web Connection.

The status you can display are as follows;

• Summary

• Device Information

• Detail - Input Tray

• Detail - Output Tray

• Detail - Hard Disk

• Detail - Interface Information

• Detail - Consumables

• Counter

• Online Assistance

• Active Job List - Prin

• Active Job List - Scan Send

• Done Job List - Print

• Done Job List - Scan Send

• Default Setting - General Setting

• Default Setting - PCL Setting

• Default Setting - PS Setting

• Default Setting - TIFF Setting

Report to be printed

You can print the report as follows;

• Configuration page

• PCL Font List

• PCL Demo Page

• PostScript Font List

• PostScript Font Page

14-2 IP-1050

Page 352: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

14.1.2 Start the PageScope Web Connection

How to start the PageScope Web Connection

PageScope Web Connection can be used through the Browser application.

1 Start the Browser application.

2 Enter the IP address of the print controller in the [Address] and press the [Enter] / [Return] key.The top page of the PageScope Web Connection appears.

DETAILS

Contact your administrator about IP address of the print controller.

Display the variable status

Summary

1 Click the [System] from the top navigation.[System] page appears.

14-3 IP-1050

Page 353: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

2 Click the [Summary] from the left navigation.[Summary] page appears.

Device Information

1 Click the [System] from the top navigation.[System] page appears.

2 Click the [Device Information] from the left navigation.[Device Information] page appears.

Detail - Input Tray

1 Click the [System] from the top navigation.[System] page appears.

2 Click the [Detail] from the left navigation.Sub navigation of the [Detail] appears.

3 Click the [Input Tray] from the sub navigation.[Input Tray] page appears.

14-4 IP-1050

Page 354: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Detail - Output Tray

1 Click the [System] from the top navigation.[System] page appears.

2 Click the [Detail] from the left navigation.Sub navigation of the [Detail] appears.

3 Click the [Output Tray] from the sub navigation.[Output Tray] page appears.

Detail - Hard Disk

1 Click the [System] from the top navigation.[System] page appears.

2 Click the [Detail] from the left navigation.Sub navigation of the [Detail] appears.

3 Click the [Hard Disk] from the sub navigation.[Hard Disk] page appears.

Detail - Interface Information

1 Click the [System] from the top navigation.[System] page appears.

2 Click the [Detail] from the left navigation.Sub navigation of the [Detail] appears.

3 Click the [Interface Information] from the sub navigation.[Interface Information] page appears.

Detail - Consumables

1 Click the [System] from the top navigation.[System] page appears.

2 Click the [Detail] from the left navigation.Sub navigation of the [Detail] appears.

3 Click the [Consumables] from the sub navigation.[Consumables] page appears.

14-5 IP-1050

Page 355: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Counter

1 Click the [System] from the top navigation.[System] page appears.

2 Click the [Counter] from the left navigation.[Counter] page appears.

Online Assistance

1 Click the [System] from the top navigation.[System] page appears.

2 Click the [Online Assistance] from the left navigation.[Online Assistance] page appears.

Active Job List - Print

1 Click the [Job] from the top navigation.[Job] page appears.

2 Click the [Active Job List] from the left navigation.Sub navigation of the [Active Job List] appears.

14-6 IP-1050

Page 356: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

3 Click the [Print] from the sub navigation.[Print] page appears.

14-7 IP-1050

Page 357: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Active Job List - Scan Send

1 Click the [Job] from the top navigation.[Job] page appears.

2 Click the [Active Job List] from the left navigation.Sub navigation of the [Active Job List] appears.

3 Click the [Scan Send] from the sub navigation.[Scan Send] page appears.

Done Job List - Print

1 Click the [Job] from the top navigation.[Job] page appears.

2 Click the [Done Job List] from the left navigation.Sub navigation of the [Done Job List] appears.

3 Click the [Print] from the sub navigation.[Print] page appears.

4 Select the job from the list and click the [Detail].[Detail] page appears.

Done Job List - Scan Send

1 Click the [Job] from the top navigation.[Job] page appears.

2 Click the [Done Job List] from the left navigation.Sub navigation of the [Done Job List] appears.

3 Click the [Scan Send] from the sub navigation.[Scan Send] page appears.

4 Select the job from the list and click the [Detail].[Detail] page appears.

14-8 IP-1050

Page 358: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Default Setting - General Setting

1 Click the [Print] from the top navigation.[Print] page appears.

2 Click the [Default Setting] from the left navigation.Sub navigation of the [Default Setting] appears.

14-9 IP-1050

Page 359: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

3 Click the [General Setting] from the sub navigation.[General Setting] page appears.

Default Setting - PCL Setting

1 Click the [Print] from the top navigation.[Print] page appears.

2 Click the [Default Setting] from the left navigation.Sub navigation of the [Default Setting] appears.

3 Click the [PCL Setting] from the sub navigation.[PCL Setting] page appears.

Default Setting - PS Setting

1 Click the [Print] from the top navigation.[Print] page appears.

2 Click the [Default Setting] from the left navigation.Sub navigation of the [Default Setting] appears.

3 Click the [PS Setting] from the sub navigation.[PS Setting] page appears.

14-10 IP-1050

Page 360: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Default Setting - TIFF Setting

1 Click the [Print] from the top navigation.[Print] page appears.

2 Click the [Default Setting] from the left navigation.Sub navigation of the [Default Setting] appears.

3 Click the [TIFF Setting] from the sub navigation.[TIFF Setting] page appears.

14.1.3 Print the Report

How to print the report

1 Click the [Print] from the top navigation.[Print] page appears.

2 Click the [Report Types] from the left navigation.[Report Types] page appears.

3 Select the report type to be printed.

4 Click the [Print].The report is printed.

Note

About the report type, refer to "Report to be printed" on Page 14-2.

14-11 IP-1050

Page 361: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

14.2 Using KONICA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool

This printing system employs a method which sends the print job directly to the print controller from the Windows 98/Me compliant computer, not through the dedicated print server.

This is called peer-to-peer printing.

As KONICA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool uses the network protocol TCP/IP, the network interface card must be set up for TCP/IP in advance. For each of the Windows 98/Me computers that perform peer-to-peer printing, it is necessary to set up TCP/IP, install and set up [KONICA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool] included in the accompanying CD-ROM, and set up the printer driver.

Installation of IP Peer-to-Peer

To install the KONICA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool, double click [Set-up.exe] in the [IP-P2P] folder of the accompanying CD-ROM. The installer will start. Install the program according to the instructions displayed on the screen.

1 Insert the accompanying CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive, and dou-ble-click on [Setup.exe] in the "\English\NetUtil\IP-P2P" folder.

2 Click the [Next].[License Agreement] window will ap-pear.

3 Click the [Yes].

14-12 IP-1050

Page 362: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

4 Click the [Finish].[Select Program Folder] window will appear.

Uninstallation of KONICA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool

When uninstalling the KONICA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool, perform the following procedure.

1 Change the printer port or delete the printing system using KONICA MI-NOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool from the [Printers] folder.

2 Delete the [KONICA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool] by using [Add/Delete Applications] from the [Control Panel].

Perform Peer to Peer Printing

To perform Peer to Peer Printing, add a port on the printer driver by the fol-lowing steps.

1 Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers], and display the [Printers] window.

2 Right-click the printer icon in use and select [Properties].

3 Open the screen where you can add a port, and click [Add Port].

DETAILS

Screens for [Add Port] differ depend-ing on the printer driver in use.

14-13 IP-1050

Page 363: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

4 Turn on the [Other] radio button. Se-lect [KONIKA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Port], and click [OK].[KONIKA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Setup] window appears.

5 Perform the setup.

Manual Setup Use this button when the device to which you want to create a port is not on the list and it needs to be created manually.

Device List Select either TCP/IP or IPX/SPX as the network on which you have the printer you want to use.If this device is connected to the network, it is automatically searched and displayed on the list.

Status When you click , the printer on the net-work is searched.

Add Port When you select the printer on the list and press this button, a port is added.

Port Number Input the port you create with TCP/IP.

14-14 IP-1050

Page 364: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

- To perform the setup manually, click [Manual setup].

6 Confirm the details of the setup on the setup screen. If it is OK, close the setup screen by clicking the close box on the upper right of the win-dow.

7 Click [OK] to close properties window of printer driver.

Device Name (DNS Name) Specify a printer name on the network.IP Address Specify an IP address of the printer.Hardware Address Specify a MAC address of the printer.Port Number Specify a port number of the port you create.Print Server Name Specify a print server name of the printer on the

IPX/SPX network.Network Address Specify a network address of the printer on the

IPX/SPX network.Add Port Create a port with the specified details.

14-15 IP-1050

Page 365: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

14.3 Internet Printing

This printing system works with IPP (Internet Printing Protocol).

IPP lets you send a print job to a printer connected to the Internet or an intranet: with this protocol, this printing system will produce outputs as re-quested via Internet or intranet.

Settings on the Copier

To run a print job over IPP, TCP/IP settings must have been previously es-tablished.

You can also set IPP attributes. To do this, see your network administrator about network setting.

Settings on Windows 2000

Complete the steps shown below to add the copier to the existing installation on your computer running under Windows 2000. TCP/IP settings must have already been set up on your computer. You need the accompanying CD-ROM which includes the printer driver.

1 Click the [Start], and select [Printers] from [Settings].

2 Double-click [Add Printer] to run [Add Printer Wizard].

3 Click [Next].

4 Choose [Network printer] and click [Next].

Computer

Internet

Copier

14-16 IP-1050

Page 366: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

5 Choose [Connect to a printer on the Internet or your intranet].

6 Enter the copier's URL in the [URL] field like this:http:// printer's IP address :631/ipp

- In the "printer's IP address" column, enter the IP address assigned to your Network Interface Card. Alternatively, you can enter the host name of the copier's (NIC's) host name.

- If you designate the proxy setting in your Internet Explorer, you can-not access the your printer over IPP. For more information see your network administrator.

7 Click [Next].The [Add Printer Wizard] will appear.

8 The wizard will take you through the process of installing the printer driver of the [Add Printer Wizard].

DETAILS

Refer to "Installing to Windows 2000 (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 4-14.

14-17 IP-1050

Page 367: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Settings on Windows XP

Complete the steps shown below to add the copier to the existing installation on your computer running under Windows XP. TCP/IP settings must have al-ready been set up on your computer. You need the accompanying CD-ROM which includes the printer driver.

1 Click the [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Printers and Faxes] of the Start menu.

2 Double-click [Add a printer] to run [Add Printer Wizard].

3 Click [Next].

4 Choose [Network printer] and click [Next].

5 Choose [Connect to a printer on the Internet or your intranet].

6 Enter the copier's URL in the [URL] field like this:http:// printer's IP address :631/ipp

- In the "printer's IP address" column, enter the IP address assigned to your Network Interface Card. Alternatively, you can enter the host name of the copier's (NIC's) host name.

- If you designate the proxy setting in your Internet Explorer, you can-not access the your printer over IPP. For more information see your network administrator.

7 Click [Next].The [Add Printer Wizard] will appear.

8 The wizard will take you through the process of installing the printer driver of the [Add Printer Wizard].

DETAILS

Refer to "Installing to Windows XP (PCL6/PS3)" on Page 4-18.

14-18 IP-1050

Page 368: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Setting on Mac OS X (v10.3x)

If you perform IPP Print on MAC OS X (v10.3), set when you add a printer to the printer list after installing the printer driver.

DETAILS

For more information on installing the printer driver, refer to "Installing to Macintosh (Mac OS X)" on Page 4-27.

1 Open the [System Preference] and select the [Print & Fax].

2 Select the [Set Up Printers].

3 Select the [Add].

4 Select [IP Print] as a connection method for a printer.

5 Select [IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)] and printer’s URL.

6 Select [KONICA MINOLTA] from [Printer Model], and select the corre-sponding printer.

7 Click the [Add].

8 Close [Printer List] window.

14-19 IP-1050

Page 369: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

14.4 Netware

This printing system works with IPX/SPX (Internetwork Packet Exchange / Sequenced Packet Exchange).

This section explains how to configure a NetWare File Server, a NetWare Print Server, and a NetWare queue.

The print controller supports the system environment described below.

Setup for NetWare 3.x

Before setting up NetWare, you have to define the print server name, etc., from the Web Utilities.

The setup procedure of NetWare 3.x is as follows. To perform this procedure, you need authorization to perform this procedure.

1 Start up PCONSOLE and select the file server to use.

DETAILS

Refer to the manual of Novell NetWare for setting up with PCONSOLE.

2 Generate and assign a print queue.

3 Define the network interface card as the print server.

4 Define the notification list/password as necessary.

5 Set up the primary file server as necessary.

On completion of setup, turn off the main power of the print controller and the main body printer and turn it on again.

The main body printer will print out a Status Page indicating the file servers equipped with print server and the queues that the file servers will service.

Note

Define the primary file sever if the network connects to many sites and has more than one file server. PCONSOLE should be used to set up the primary file sever.

NetWare Version Protocol Emulation Service Mode

NetWare 3.2 IPX Bindery Pserver/RprinterNetWare 4.x IPX NDS Pserver/NprinterNetWare 5.xNetWare 6

IPX NDS PserverTCP/IP NDPS(lpr)

14-20 IP-1050

Page 370: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Setup for NetWare 4.x-6

Novell NetWare 4.x-6 can operate in two modes, NetWare Directory Service (NDS) and Bindery Emulation Service (Bindery Emulation). Bindery Emulation and NDS will be executed simultaneously. It is also possible to set up the print server so that it operates only in Bindery Emulation mode or in NDS mode.The print server set up for NDS mode will also service the file server of an old version operating in Bindery mode.

If NDS is not set up properly for the print server and Bindery Service mode is not operating, the print server cannot find the file server and Novell NetWare protocol will be indicated as inactive in the Status Page.

Setup information

NDS

Novell Directory Service (NDS) offers a different, more advanced approach to network management than previous NetWare versions. Generally, it stores and tracks all network objects.

All 4.x-6 servers must have NDS loaded in order to function. In this way, ev-ery NetWare 4.x-6 server is a Directory server, because it services named Di-rectory objects such as printing systems, print server and print queues.

With the appropriate privileges, you can create a print server object, which, once configured in its context (or location) on the network, eliminates the set-up of print servers on every network server.

NDS provides true enterprise networking based on a shared network data-base rather than individually defined physical sites. The result is a greatly im-proved print server setup and management.

Bindery Emulation

NetWare 4.x-6 also provides backward compatibility for 3.x and 4.x-6 print service through Bindery emulation.

The Directory Information Base (DIB) is used to store information about serv-ers and services, users, printing systems, gateways, etc. It is a distributed database, allowing access to data anywhere on the network wherever it is stored.

Pre-4.x-6 NetWare versions provide the same data found in the DIB but the data is stored in the NetWare Bindery. The DIB was designed with more flex-ible access, more specific security, and, since it is distributed, was designed to be partitioned.

The Directory uses an object-oriented structure, rather than the flat-file struc-ture of the Bindery, and offers network-oriented access, rather than server-oriented access found in the Bindery.

The Directory is backward-compatible with the NetWare Bindery through Bindery Emulation mode. When Bindery emulation is enabled, Directory

14-21 IP-1050

Page 371: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Services will accept Bindery requests and respond just as if a Bindery exist-ed on the NetWare server being accessed.

Be aware that information obtained from the Bindery query may not be stored in the server since the Directory is a partitioned and distributed data-base. Even though the NetWare 4.x-6 server is not operating from a Bindery, the applications making Bindery requests will not know the difference.

NDS setup

PageScope Web Connection

See your system administrator about PageScope Web Connection.

Novell NWADMIN

Novell NWADMIN (NetWare Administration) is used to generate a directory tree and print queue objects in the print server, printing system and tree.

The network interface card is provided with a plug-and-play feature to sup-port NetWare administration utility (NWADMIN) that enables the NDS admin-istrator to perform centralized management of print servers.

DETAILS

Refer to the Novell NetWare manual for details of Setup with NWADMIN.

PCONSOLE

NetWare allows the use of PCONSOLE as an alternative of NWADMIN. PCONSOLE is used to set up static information of print servers regarding which queues to service and to whom information is given in case of trouble.

DETAILS

Refer to the Novell NetWare manual for details of setup with PCONSOLE of NDS.

Setup for Bindery Emulation

Make sure of the Bindery Context.

Before connecting the print server (network interface card) to the Novell NetWare 4.x-6 server of Bindery mode, make sure that the NetWare server contains the bindery context.

If the bindery context does not exist, the network administrator should mod-ify the AUTOEXEC.NCF file to add an adequate SET command and restart the NetWare server or enter a SET command from the console prompt to make changes.

Note that any command entered following the console prompt is effective immediately but the definition of the autoexec.ncf file becomes effective only after turning off power and on again.

14-22 IP-1050

Page 372: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Setup with PCONSOLE in Bindery mode.

If you are sure that the bindery context exists in the file server, you can set up the print server with PCONSOLE.

DETAILS

Refer to the Novell NetWare manual for details of setup with PCONSOLE.In Bindery mode, only upper-case letters are valid for the printer server password.

14-23 IP-1050

Page 373: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

14.5 UNIX Printing through TCP/IP

This section explains how to configure the network interface card and your network for use with TCP/IP communication in various UNIX environments. Independent setup and installation procedures are provided for most popu-lar UNIX systems.

The TCP/IP capability of the network interface card will also operate with lpr spoolers on other systems, and with spooler/supervisor capabilities that communicate raw print jobs to the TCP/IP port of the network interface card. This port number is 10001.

Note

SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is a protocol for network management services. SNMP is supported for Management Information Base (MIB) II over the IP for the network interface card. This support al-lows you to query MIB II to get system information about the network in-terface card.

The network interface card can support UNIX TCP/IP printing in two modes: • Host-based where a supplied line printer daemon is run on one or more

workstations and print data is communicated to the network interface card via a TCP/IP port.

• Printer-based lpd where the print controller appears as a host running a line printer daemon.

Many operating systems provide the option of using host-resident printing or printer-resident printing.

In general, printer-based lpd is easier to use on BSD UNIX systems. This re-quires an entry in the printcap file once the network interface card has its IP information. Some UNIX System V systems have restrictions on support of remote lpd printers, requiring that the host-based lpd approach be used.

Each printing mode has certain advantages over the other mode, as follows:• The host-resident method can print the username and filename on its

banner page; whereas the printer-resident method prints a banner page with the host's name.

• The printer-resident method requires you to configure the print controller and the network interface card only one time, when you install the net-work interface card; whereas, the host-resident method requires that a printing daemon be installed on every host that you want to be able to print jobs.

14-24 IP-1050

Page 374: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Note

The network interface card will also operate with other host-resident print supervisor/spooler programs that present a print image to the print con-troller over a TCP/IP port.

Printing overview

Considering both the host-based and printer-based TCP/IP printing capabil-ities, the network interface card works with the following systems:• All UNIX systems that support lpd

• System V Rel. 4 (on 386 platforms)

• DEC ULTRIX RISC Versions 4.3 and 4.4

• DEC OSF/1 Versions 2.0 and 3.0

• Solaris:

− Version 1.1.3 (SunOS 4.1.3),

− Version 2.3 (SunOS 5.3),

− Version 2.4, and

− Version 2

• HP-UX Series 700 and 800 Version 9.01 and Version 10

• IBM AIX Version 3.2.5 and Version 4.0

• SCO UNIX Version 3.2

• AS400

Note

If the systems you are using do not run lpd, refer to "Installing UNIX TCP/IP programs".The UNIX-TCP/IP Programs on accompanying CD-ROM also include source code so that you can recompose host-based code for configuring on other System V platforms.

14-25 IP-1050

Page 375: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Configuring IP address to the network interface card

Regardless of the printing mode selected, the network interface card must be given the IP address and routing parameters. You can configure the IP ad-dress for the network interface card in one of the following ways:• Use DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol).

• Use arp and ping capability.

• Use BOOTP (Internet Boot Protocol).

• Use reverse ARP (rarp) capability (Ethernet II frame type only).

• Use arp command, MAP (Management Access Program), or BOOTP Lite for Windows.

Note

You can use the BOOTP, rarp, or arp and ping procedures only when the network interface card is in its default state (when no IP information has been entered).

Depending on the topology, you may need to provide the MAC address of the network interface card. The MAC address is the 12-character code that is printed on the Status Page each time the print controller and the main body printer is turned on.

After the network interface card has an IP address, you must use the MAP utility, or other dedicated utilities (for Windows or Macintosh) to change an IP address, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway.

lpd UNIX Printing

lpd is an implementation of the standard UNIX line printer daemon that lets you print across a TCP/IP network without the need to install software on your workstation, with all filtering and banners done by the network interface card.

Remote printing uses the same commands (lpr, lpq, lpc) as local printing.

The process begins when the lpr call finds the printer on a remote system by looking at the remote (rm) entry in the /etc/printcap file for that printer.

lpr handles a print job for a remote printer by opening a connection with the lpd process on the remote system and sending the data file (followed by the control file containing control information for this job) to the remote system.

The printer-based lpd then filters the data and prints the job according to in-formation contained in the control file and its own printcap file.

The network interface card lpd recognizes the format of a certain printer em-ulation and filters the data, if possible, so it can be printed on the printer you specify.

14-26 IP-1050

Page 376: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

You can indicate to the network interface card lpd what type of print control-ler it is attached to by either:• Accepting the default port setting (PCL, PostScript and other), or

• Changing the listed emulations via a standard IP based Web Browser.

The sections that follow give specific lpd setup instructions for various sys-tems.

Setting Up a BSD Remote Printer to Use lpd

To set up a remote printer on the host that sends jobs to the network inter-face card using printer resident lpd, add an entry to the /etc/printcap file on your host for each printer you use. Perform the following procedure:

1 Open the /etc/printcap file.- Make an entry naming the network interface card as the remote

host and PORT1 as the remote printer name. A typical printcap en-try is as follows:

<printer_name>\ (for example, lprprinter):lp=:\

:rm=<remote_host>:\ (for example, name as entered in /etc/hosts):rp=PORT1:\:sd=/usr/spool/lpd/<printer_name>: (for example, spool directory on system used to spooldata and control files)

This entry will send jobs spooled at /usr/spool/lpd/<printer_name> to the printer designated <printer_name> to be printed at PORT 1 (the internal con-nection to the printer) of the network interface card designated as <remote_host>.

2 Create the spooling directory. For example, type:mkdir /usr/spool/lpd/<printer_name>

3 To print via the spooler, use the lpr command. Type:lpr-P <printer_name> < file_name>

Installation and testing are done. You are now ready to print.

14-27 IP-1050

Page 377: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Setting Up an AIX version 2.5 Remote Printer to Use lpd

Use the following procedure to set up a remote printer on the host that sends jobs to the network interface card using the lpd of the network interface card.

1 At the prompt, type: #smit spooler <cr>

2 When a window appears, select [Manage Remote Printers].

3 When a menu appears, select [Client Services].

4 Another menu appears, select [Remote Printer Queues].

5 Another menu appears, select [Add a Remote Queue].

6 When a window appears, change the values shown to configure the network interface card.The values displayed are default values. You must replace the short and long form filter values with the values shown in the following table.

7 After you have supplied all values, press Enter. You can now print.

Data Requested Example Data Description

Name of queue to add print1 Name of local printerqueue Destination Host printfast NIC IP hostnameShort Form Filter /usr/lpd/bsdshort Required valueLong Form Filter /usr/lpd/bsdlong Required valueName of remote printer queue

PORT1 Network interface card

Name of device to add print1 Name of local queue

14-28 IP-1050

Page 378: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Setting Up an AIX 4.0 System

Use these procedures to install the network interface card in a AIX 4.0 sys-tem:

1 Run SMIT Printer.

2 Select [Print Spooling].

3 Select [Add a Print Queue].

4 Select [Remote].

5 Use [Standard Processing].

6 Assign a queue name.

7 Use the host address of the Network Interface Card for the Remote System.

8 Use [PORT1] for the queue on the remote system.

9 Add a description (optional).

10 Press [Enter] to generate.Installation is complete. Test your printer by executing the following command:

lp -d<queue_name> <file_name>

14-29 IP-1050

Page 379: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Setting Up an HP-UX Remote Printer to Use lpd

Set up a remote printer on the host that sends jobs to the network interface card using the lpd of the network interface card. To do this:

1 At the prompt, type:sam

2 When a window appears, select [Printer/Plotter Manager].

3 When the menu appears, select [List printer and plotters].

4 When a list appears, select [Actions] in the title bar.

5 From the pull-down menu, select [Add Remote Printer].

6 When a window appears, add values to configure the network interface card.

See example below.

7 At the bottom of the screen, select [Remote Printer is on BSD system] from the three choices available.

8 Click on the OK button.

9 Ping the unit to test communications. Type:ping <IP address of the network interface card>

10 Ping should confirm your IP address with the message:<IP address of the network interface card> is alive

11 If the connection is confirmed, you can now print.

Data Requested Example Description of Input Data

Printer Name myprinter name to be used in lp commandRemote System Name fastprint Network Interface Card hostname

as in /etc/hostsRemote printer Name PORT1 lpd queue name

14-30 IP-1050

Page 380: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Setting Up an AS/400 System to Use lpd

When working with the output queue description (WORKOUTQD), there are several fields that must be defined for the network interface card to function properly as a remote printer device.

Use the following procedure to define fields for the network interface card to make it function as a remote printer:

1 When prompted for the remote system, type INTNETADR so the AS/400 recognizes the device as an IP device.

2 Port must be [PORT 1].

3 Connection type must be [IP].

4 Internet address must be the IP address of the network interface card.

5 Destination type must be [OTHER].

6 When prompted for transforming SCS to ASCII, type YES to allow the AS/400 do the character translation.

7 Manufacturer type and model must be the print driver that goes with your print controller.

14-31 IP-1050

Page 381: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Setting Up a DEC ULTRIX 4.3 RISC or OSF1 Remote Printer

Use the following procedure to set up a remote printer on the host that sends jobs to the network interface card.

1 At the prompt, type: lprsetup, then select [add].

2 Enter a name for your printer, then press [Enter].

3 "Do you want more information on specific printer types?" Press Enter.A list of ULTRIX-supported printers is listed.

4 Type: remote, and press [Enter].

5 Enter a printer synonym (alias) and press [Enter].

6 Designate a spooler directory and press [Enter], or accept the default spooler directory displayed and press [Enter].

7 Designate a remote system name and press [Enter].

8 Designate PORT1 as the remote system printer name and press [En-ter].

9 You are asked to enter the name of a printcap symbol from a displayed list. Type: Q, and press [Enter].

10 Your configuration is displayed.You are asked whether these values are final. Type: Y or N, and press Enter. An example is shown below.

11 Add comments to the printcap file. For example, you can type:Lois' printer down the hall <Enter>

12 Select exit to save your configuration, then press [Enter]. You are now prepared to print.

Printer #7 Symbol Type Representative Value

lp (line printer) STRrm (remote host) STR Network Interface Card_hostrp (remote printer) STR PORT1sd (spooler directory) STR /usr/spool/lpd7

14-32 IP-1050

Page 382: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Setting Up a SCO UNIX Remote Printer to Use lpd

Use the following procedure to set up a remote printer on the host that sends jobs to the network interface card using lpd.

1 At the prompt, enter the mkdev rlp command.- You cannot run mkdev rlp twice. If you have additional printers to

be configured, use the rlpconf command.

2 You are now asked a series of questions. Respond as follows (shown in bold type):Please enter a printer name: lprprinter1

Is lprprinter1 a remote printer or a local printer? REnter remote host name: lprprinter

Confirm the information you entered: YConfirm the preceding connection as your systemdefault: YEnter another printer name or quit setup: Q

3 If necessary, stop and restart your remote daemon.

4 Using a line editor of your choice, edit the /etc/printcap file and change the: rp=entry to PORT1.

14-33 IP-1050

Page 383: Printer User Guide

14 Utility Tool

Setting Up System V Release 4 and Solaris 2.X to Use lpd

If your system recognizes the LPSYSTEM command, you do not need to in-stall the dedicated utility, Konica Minolta's host-side software. Another op-tion is the admintool if your system supports it.

LPSYSTEM Installation

The following procedure must be executed from the Bourne Shell. Type: SH then press Enter to enter the Bourne Shell program.

Use the following procedures to install LPSYSTEM:

1 lpsystem -t bsd < Print server host name in /etc/hosts file >

2 lpadmin -p <local printername> -s <remote host name or IP address>!PORT1Your system may want its IP address instead of the remote host name.

3 Enable <local printername>

4 Accept <local printername>

Printing on Linux

1 Start x terminal.

2 At the command prompt, enter the printtool command.The Red Hat Print System Manager window opens.

3 Click the Add button.The Add Printer Entry window opens.

4 Choose Remote Unix (lpd) Queue and click OK.The Edit Remote Unix Queue Entry window opens.

5 Specify the following:- The printer name

- The spooler directory (typically, /usr/spool/lpd/prntr-name)

- The IP address of the Network Interface Card (in the Remote Host field)

- PORT1 (in In the Remote Queue field)

- An input filter (optional)

- When you finish, click OK.

6 Restart the daemon by choosing lpd -> Restart lpd in the Print Server Manager.

14-34 IP-1050

Page 384: Printer User Guide

15 Appendix

15 Appendix

15.1 Glossary

Item Description

10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-TX

Types of specifications in compliance with the Ethernet standard.Cables made of two stranded copper wire rods are used.Communication speed is 10Mbps with 10Base-T, 100Mbps with 100Base-TX, and 1000Mbps with 1000Base-TX.

AppleTalk General term of protocols to perform the network functions developed by Apple.

bit Abbreviation of Binary Digit. Minimum unit of infor-mation (volume of data) handled with a computer, printer, etc. Data is denoted by 0 or 1.

Bit map font Font to express the form of a character by a collec-tion of dots.Large size characters have notches.

BMP Abbreviation of Bitmap. One of the file formats to save image data (extension; .bmp).Generally used on Windows. No. of colors from black/white (binary) to full color (16,777,216 colors) image can be designated. Basically the image is saved without being compressed.

BOOTP Abbreviation of BOOTstrap Protocol. A protocol for a client machine on the TCP/IP network to automat-ically read the setting for the network from a server.Currently, however, DHCP which was partially im-proved on the basis of BOOTP is mainly used.

Client A computer which uses services provided by serv-ers through the network.

Contrast Difference between bright and dark areas of image (difference between light and darkness).Image of a little difference between light and dark-ness is called “image of low contrast”, and the im-age of a large difference is called “image of high contrast”.

Cue name Logical printer name required for LPD/LPR printing.Density Quantity to express the depth of image.

15-1 IP-1050

Page 385: Printer User Guide

15 Appendix

DHCP Abbreviation of Dynamic Host Configuration Proto-col.A protocol for a client machine on the TCP/IP net-work to automatically read the setting for the net-work from a server.Only by controlling the IP addresses for the DHCP clients collectively with the DHCP server, a network can be easily constructed avoiding duplicate ad-dresses.

DNS Abbreviation of Domain Name System.A system to allow to acquire an appropriate IP ad-dress from the host name in the network environ-ment. Users can specify the name of the host instead of the IP address which is difficult to memo-rize and distinguish and access the other personal computer on the network.

DPI (dpi) Abbreviation of Dots Per Inch. Unit of resolution used with printers, scanners, etc.Represents a number of dots in a collection in one inch.As this value increases, more detailed expression is possible.

Driver Software to act intermediately between the comput-er and peripheral devices.

EPS Abbreviation of Encapsulated PostScript. One of the file formats for illustration (extension; .eps). Data for both low and high resolution is contained. Data for low resolution can be edited on the screen at a high speed. At the time of printing, output of the highest performance of the printer can be obtained with the data for high resolution.

Ethernet Standard for the LAN transmission line.Extension A string attached to a file name to distinguish the file

saving method.Denoted following a period like “.bmp”, “.hog”, etc.

Frame type A type of communication form used in the Netware environment.Communication can be performed only between the same type of frames.

FTP Abbreviation of File Transfer Protocol. A protocol used to transfer files on the TCP/IP network such as Internet, Intranet, etc.

Gamma Value representing relative relation between input signal and actual output. Used for displays, scan-ners, printers and other color peripheral devices.

15-2 IP-1050

Page 386: Printer User Guide

15 Appendix

Gateway Hardware or software serving as a point connecting networks. Not only connecting, it converts the for-mat, address, protocol, etc. of the data according to the network to be connected.

Gradation Light and shade levels of image.Larger numbers can reproduce changes of density more smoothly.

Gray scale Monochromatic image expression method making use of the gradation information from black to white.

Half tone Method to express the gradation of each part of the image by the size of the black or white point.

Hard disk Mass storage device to save data.The data is maintained even if the power is turned OFF.

Host name Name of a device on the network.HTTP Abbreviation of HyperText Transfer Protocol. A pro-

tocol used to transmit or receive data between a web server and client (web browser, etc.). Files of image, voice, animation, etc. correlated with the document can be exchanged including the expres-sion form and other information.

IEEE1284 Abbreviation of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 1284. Parallel port standard developed for printers.

Install To incorporate the hardware, OS, application, print-er driver, etc. to a computer system.

IP address A code (address) to identify individual network de-vices on the Internet. Comprises 4 sets of figures of 3 digits at the maximum such as 192.168.1.10. An IP address is allocated to all computers and other de-vices connected to the Internet.

IPP Abbreviation of Internet Printing Protocol. A protocol to control the transmission and reception of printing data or printing devices through the Internet or other TCP/IP networks. Data can be transmitted to a re-mote printer through the Internet and printed there.

IPX/SPX Abbreviation of Internetwork Packet eXchange/Se-quenced Packet eXchange. A protocol developed by Novel to be generally used in the NetWare envi-ronment.

JPEG Abbreviation of Joint Photographic Experts Group.One of file formats to save image data (extension; .jpg).Compression rate is approximately 1/10 to 1/100. The compression system is remarkably effective to compress photos or other natural images.

15-3 IP-1050

Page 387: Printer User Guide

15 Appendix

LAN Abbreviation of Local Area Network. A network con-necting computers on the same floor, in the same building, in the buildings nearby, etc.

Local printer A printer connected to the parallel/USB port of a computer.

LPR/LPD Abbreviation of Line Printer Request/Line Printer Daemon.A type of printing through a network of the WindowsNT system or UNIX system. Printing data from Windows or UNIX can be transmitted to a print-er on a network using TCP/IP.

MAC Address Abbreviation of Media Access Control Address. An ID number peculiar to each Ethernet card based on which data is transmitted or received between cards. Expressed by 48-bit figures; former 24 bits represent a number peculiar to each maker con-trolled and allocated by IEEE and the latter 24 bits is a number allocated uniformly to the cards by the maker.

Margin Blank on the top, bottom, right or left side of prints.Memory Unit to save data temporarily.

Data in some memory is erased when the power is turned OFF and not erased in others.

NDPS Abbreviation of Novell Distributed Print Services. Provides a high performance print solution in the NDS environment. By using NDPS as a print server, complicated control environment related with the use of the printer such as output from a desired printer, automatic download of a new driver when in-troducing it, etc. can be simplified and automated. In addition, affairs related with the networks and print-ers can be integrally controlled.

NetWare Network OS developed by Novel.Uses NetWare IPX/SPX as the communication pro-tocol.

Number of lines A number of density of dots forming image.OHP/OHT A transparent sheet for OHP (Overhead Projector).

Used for presentation, etc.OS Abbreviation of Operating System. Basic software to

control the computer system. Windows, MacOS, and Unix are examples.

Outline font Font describing characters by straight or curved profile lines.Large characters can be indicated on the screen and printed without notches.

15-4 IP-1050

Page 388: Printer User Guide

15 Appendix

Parallel interface Data transfer method to transmit or receive multiple signals at the same time.Indicates IEEE1284 for connecting the printer in many cases.

PDF Abbreviation of Portable Document Format. One of electronic documents (extension; .pdf) in the format based on PostScript which can be accessed using Adobe Acrobat Reader, software free of charge.

PDL Abbreviation of Page Description Language. Lan-guage which can specify the printing image in the unit of page to the printer when printing with a page printer.

Peer to peer A form of network where devices connected can transmit data to each other without using a server for specific use.

Pixel Minimum unit composing image.Plug and play A mechanism that, when a peripheral device is con-

nected to PC, an appropriate drive is automatically searched and activated.

Port number Number to distinguish each communication port of multiple processes working in the computers on the network. A same port cannot be used for multiple processes.

PostScript Representative page description language generally used for printing requiring specifically high quality, developed by US Adobe.

PPD Abbreviation of PostScript Printer Description. A file describing information peculiar to the model of the PostScript printer such as resolution, usable paper sizes, etc.

PPI Abbreviation of Pixels Per Inch. Unit of resolution of mainly monitors, scanners, etc.Represents the number of pixels per inch.

ppm Abbreviation of Pages Per Minute. Unit to indicate the number of sheets which can be printed in one minute.

Preview A function to display the processed image before printing or scanning.

Print cue Software system to memorize printing job generated in the spooler.

Print job Request for printing transmitted from PC to a print-ing device.

Printer driver Software acting as an intermediate between the computer and printer.

15-5 IP-1050

Page 389: Printer User Guide

15 Appendix

Profile A color attribute file.Color input/output devices use the profile to repro-duce colors. A file for specific use in which correla-tion of input and output of each primary color is contained.

Property Attribute information.When using a printer driver, various functions can be set up from the property.Attribute information of a file can be checked with the property of the file.

Protocol Rules by which a computer communicates with oth-er computer or peripheral device.

Queue Name Name given to each device to permit printing in the network printing.

Rendezvous A technique to detect devices supporting Rendez-vous on the IP network mutually.Apple employed it newly from MacOS 10.2.

Resolution Degree how correctly the details of images or prints can be reproduced.

Screen font Font to indicate characters or symbols on CRT and other monitors.

Shared printer A printer connected to a server on the network and set to allow to be used from multiple computers.

SMTP Abbreviation of Simple Mail Transfer Protocol. A protocol to transmit or transfer the electronic mails.

SNMP Abbreviation of Simple Network Management Pro-tocol. A control protocol using TCP/IP in the network environment.

Spool Abbreviation of Simultaneous Peripheral Operation On-Line.In the printer output, data is not directly transmitted to the printer but deposited temporarily at another place and transmitted collectively later to the printer.

Subset mask Values to divide the TCP/IP network into some small networks (subnets).Used to identify how many high-order bits of an IP address are the network address.

TCP/IP Abbreviation of Transmission Control Protocol/In-ternet Protocol.Substantially the standard protocol used for the In-ternet.Uses IP address to identify each network device.

15-6 IP-1050

Page 390: Printer User Guide

15 Appendix

TIFF Abbreviation of Tagged Image File Format.One of the file formats to save image data (exten-sion; .tif).Various types of image information can be saved in one image data with the “tag” representing the data type.

Trimming Cutting off unnecessary portions of the image and change the rectangular or size.

TrueType A type of outline font. Developed by Apple and Microsoft and employed for Macintosh and Win-dows as the standard outline font.Can be used for both displays and prints.

TWAIN Standard for the interface between the image input devices such a scanner or digital camera and appli-cations such as graphic software.To use devices supporting TWAIN, a TWAIN driver is required.

Uninstall To delete installed software.USB Abbreviation of Universal Serial Bus.

General-use interface standard for connecting a computer and a mouse, printer, etc.

Web browser Software to access web pages. Internet Explorer, Netscape Navigator, etc. are examples.

15-7 IP-1050

Page 391: Printer User Guide

15 Appendix

15.2 Index

I

IPP .................................. 14-16, 14-20

P

Product Specifications ................... 2-5

15-8 IP-1050

Page 392: Printer User Guide

MANUFACTURER

TOKYO JAPAN

2004.9IP-1050_e_v100


Recommended